Deprecated: The each() function is deprecated. This message will be suppressed on further calls in /home/zhenxiangba/zhenxiangba.com/public_html/phproxy-improved-master/index.php on line 456
JP4073891B2 - Drive force transmission member connection structure - Google Patents
[go: Go Back, main page]

JP4073891B2 - Drive force transmission member connection structure - Google Patents

Drive force transmission member connection structure Download PDF

Info

Publication number
JP4073891B2
JP4073891B2 JP2004130254A JP2004130254A JP4073891B2 JP 4073891 B2 JP4073891 B2 JP 4073891B2 JP 2004130254 A JP2004130254 A JP 2004130254A JP 2004130254 A JP2004130254 A JP 2004130254A JP 4073891 B2 JP4073891 B2 JP 4073891B2
Authority
JP
Japan
Prior art keywords
driving force
members
force transmission
concave
gear
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Expired - Fee Related
Application number
JP2004130254A
Other languages
Japanese (ja)
Other versions
JP2004257566A (en
Inventor
倫伸 大野
平長 山本
清 佐生
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Sharp Corp
Original Assignee
Sharp Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Sharp Corp filed Critical Sharp Corp
Priority to JP2004130254A priority Critical patent/JP4073891B2/en
Publication of JP2004257566A publication Critical patent/JP2004257566A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of JP4073891B2 publication Critical patent/JP4073891B2/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Expired - Fee Related legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Landscapes

  • Gear Transmission (AREA)
  • General Details Of Gearings (AREA)

Description

本発明は、たとえば、原稿の画像を走査処理して得た画像情報を印字出力処理する複写機、送信された画像情報を印字出力処理するプリンタ、原稿の画像を走査処理して得た画像情報を送信処理するファクシミリ、および原稿の画像を走査処理して画像情報を得るスキャナなどの画像情報処理装置を代表とする各種機器に備えられる駆動力伝達装置に関わり、特に駆動力を伝達するためのギヤ部材およびプーリ部材などの駆動力伝達部材を連結する構造に関する。   The present invention relates to, for example, a copying machine that prints and outputs image information obtained by scanning an image of a document, a printer that prints and outputs transmitted image information, and image information obtained by scanning an image of a document. The present invention relates to a driving force transmission device provided in various devices typified by image processing apparatuses such as a facsimile that transmits image processing and a scanner that scans an image of a document to obtain image information. The present invention relates to a structure for connecting driving force transmission members such as a gear member and a pulley member.

原稿の画像を走査処理して得た画像情報を印字出力処理する複写機、送信された画像情報を印字出力処理するプリンタ、原稿の画像を走査処理して得た画像情報を送信処理するファクシミリ、および原稿の画像を走査処理して画像情報を得るスキャナなどの画像情報処理装置にあっては、使用者にとってより使い易く、より便利な機能を備え、より安価な装置を提供するために、次々と新たな機種が開発されている。   A copying machine that prints and outputs image information obtained by scanning an image of a document, a printer that prints and outputs image information that has been transmitted, a facsimile that transmits and processes image information obtained by scanning an image of a document, In addition, in an image information processing apparatus such as a scanner that obtains image information by scanning a document image, in order to provide a user-friendly, more convenient function, and a cheaper apparatus, one after another. New models are being developed.

このような状況にあって、画像情報処理装置に内蔵される各種の機器および部材を駆動するための動力を駆動源から前記機器および部材に伝達する駆動力伝達機構が、新たな機種の開発に応じて開発および改良され、これに伴って回転することによって駆動力を伝達する種々の駆動力伝達用部品が作成されている。この駆動力伝達部品には、たとえば1つのギヤ部だけを有するギヤ部材および1つのプーリ部だけを有するプーリ部材などの駆動力伝達部材単品から成る部品と、ギヤ部およびプーリ部などを複数選択的に組合わせて一体的に形成した部品とがある。以下、ギヤ部およびプーリ部などを選択的に組合わせて一体的に形成した部品を複合型駆動力伝達部品という。   Under such circumstances, a driving force transmission mechanism that transmits power for driving various devices and members incorporated in the image information processing apparatus from a drive source to the devices and members is a new model development. Accordingly, various driving force transmission parts have been created that have been developed and improved accordingly, and that transmit driving force by rotating along with this. For this driving force transmission component, for example, a plurality of components consisting of a single driving force transmission member, such as a gear member having only one gear portion and a pulley member having only one pulley portion, and a plurality of gear portions and pulley portions can be selected. There are parts that are integrally formed by combining them. Hereinafter, a component integrally formed by selectively combining a gear portion and a pulley portion is referred to as a composite driving force transmission component.

しかしながら画像情報処理装置には、多数の駆動力伝達部品が用いられるので、相互に類似する駆動力伝達部品が多数存在し、また新機種の開発に伴って新たに作成される駆動力伝達部品の中には、既存の機種に採用されている駆動力伝達部品と類似する駆動力伝達部品が、多数存在する。ここでギヤ部を有する駆動力伝達部品を例にとって、駆動力伝達部品の種類に関して説明すると、駆動力伝達部品の種類を分ける主因子として、歯数、モジュール、歯幅および材質がある。駆動力伝達部品は、これらの主因子により、駆動力伝達装置の適所に配置される。またこれらの主因子以外に、軸径、リブ数およびリブ形状などが、駆動力伝達部品の種類に関わる因子として種々存在する。   However, since a large number of driving force transmission parts are used in the image information processing apparatus, there are many driving force transmission parts that are similar to each other, and the driving force transmission parts that are newly created as new models are developed. There are many driving force transmission parts similar to the driving force transmission parts used in existing models. Here, taking a driving force transmission component having a gear portion as an example, the types of driving force transmission components will be described. The main factors that divide the types of driving force transmission components include the number of teeth, the module, the tooth width, and the material. The driving force transmission component is arranged at a proper position of the driving force transmission device due to these main factors. In addition to these main factors, there are various factors relating to the type of driving force transmitting component, such as the shaft diameter, the number of ribs, and the rib shape.

さて画像情報処理装置にあっては、一部の特殊な駆動力伝達部品以外は、―般的に、金型を用いて樹脂成型されるために、用いられる駆動力伝達部品の種類が多いほど、駆動力伝達部品を成型する金型の種類が多くなり、画像情報処理装置の生産性が悪くなるとともに、製造コストが影響を受けて高くなってしまう。これに対して、画像情報処理装置の開発にあたって、可能な限り同一種類の駆動力伝達部品を用い、かつ既存の機種をも含めて異なる機種であっても駆動力伝達部品を共通に用いることができるようにして、駆動力伝達部品の種類を低減し、金型費を削減して、画像情報処理装置の製造コスト、ひいては画像情報処理装置の製品価格の上昇を抑制するための工夫が考えられる。   Now, in the image information processing apparatus, except for some special driving force transmission parts, since the resin molding is generally performed using a mold, the more types of driving force transmission parts used, the more As a result, the number of molds for molding the driving force transmission component increases, the productivity of the image information processing apparatus deteriorates, and the manufacturing cost is affected and increases. On the other hand, when developing image information processing devices, it is possible to use the same type of driving force transmission parts as much as possible and to use driving force transmission parts in common even for different models including existing models. It is possible to devise measures to reduce the types of driving force transmission parts, reduce the mold cost, and suppress the increase in the manufacturing cost of the image information processing apparatus and consequently the product price of the image information processing apparatus. .

しかし前述したように、駆動力伝達部品には、図86(1)〜図86(3)に示すような複合型駆動力伝達部品1a,1b,1cが存在し、これら複合型駆動力伝達部品1a〜1cは、同一軸線を有して、その軸線方向に隣接する2つのギヤ部2a,2b;2c,2d;2e,2fが、一体にそれぞれ形成され、各ギヤ部2a,2b間、各ギヤ部間2c,2d間、および各ギヤ部間2e,2fにおいて、駆動力を伝達することができるように構成されている。複合型駆動力伝達部品には、2つのギヤ部を一体に形成した部品に限らず、ギヤ部とプーリ部とを一体に形成した部品、および2つのプーリ部を一体に形成した部品などもある。   However, as described above, the driving force transmission parts include composite type driving force transmission parts 1a, 1b, and 1c as shown in FIGS. 86 (1) to 86 (3). 1a to 1c have the same axis, and two gear portions 2a, 2b; 2c, 2d; 2e, 2f adjacent in the axial direction are integrally formed, and each gear portion 2a, 2b, The driving force can be transmitted between the gear portions 2c and 2d and between the gear portions 2e and 2f. The composite driving force transmission component is not limited to a component in which two gear portions are integrally formed, but also includes a component in which a gear portion and a pulley portion are integrally formed, and a component in which two pulley portions are integrally formed. .

このような複合型駆動力伝達部品は、画像情報処理装置の駆動力伝達機構の設計上必要なものであるが、駆動力伝達部材を複合しない単品から成る駆動力伝達部品と比較して、共通に用いることができる箇所は非常に低く、共通に用いることは困難である。また複合型駆動力伝達部品は、駆動力伝達部材を複合しない単品から成る駆動力伝達部品と比較して、形状が複雑であるので、金型費も高価であった。さらにこのような複合型駆動力伝達部品の種類を低減する工夫は、困難であり、現状ではこのような工夫は成されていなかった。   Such a composite type driving force transmission component is necessary for designing the driving force transmission mechanism of the image information processing apparatus, but is common in comparison with a single driving force transmission component that does not combine the driving force transmission member. The locations that can be used for the are very low and difficult to use in common. In addition, the composite driving force transmission component is more complicated in shape than a single driving force transmission component that does not combine a driving force transmission member, so that the mold cost is also expensive. Furthermore, it is difficult to reduce the types of such composite driving force transmission parts, and at present, such a device has not been made.

このような課題とは別に、特許文献1には、同一の軸線まわりに回転自在であり、別体に形成される複数の駆動力伝達部材である1つのギヤ部材と2つのプーリ部材とを、回転して駆動力を伝達可能に連結する構造が開示されている。各プーリ部材とギヤ部材とは、各プーリ部材によってギヤ部材を挟むように配置され、各プーリ部材に形成される突起部分とギヤ部材に形成される爪部分とを、各プーリ部材に形成される透孔内で係合することによって、ギヤ部材の回転力をギヤの軸線方向に隣接する各プーリ部材に伝達することができるように構成されている。   Apart from such problems, Patent Document 1 discloses that one gear member and two pulley members, which are a plurality of driving force transmission members that are rotatable around the same axis and are formed separately, A structure for rotating and coupling the driving force so as to be transmitted is disclosed. Each pulley member and the gear member are arranged so as to sandwich the gear member by each pulley member, and a protruding portion formed on each pulley member and a claw portion formed on the gear member are formed on each pulley member. By engaging in the through hole, the rotational force of the gear member can be transmitted to each pulley member adjacent in the axial direction of the gear.

特開平4−246025号公報Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 4-246025

このような特許文献1に開示される技術に基づいて、図87(1)〜図87(3)に示すように、凸状連結部3aを有するギヤ部材4aと、凹状連結部3bを有するギヤ部材4bとを、凹状連結部3bに凸状連結部3aを嵌合して、回転して駆動力を伝達可能に連結し、複合型駆動力伝達部品5を組立てることが考えられる。しかしながら、このような工夫では、次のような2つの問題点が生じる。   Based on the technique disclosed in Patent Document 1, as shown in FIGS. 87 (1) to 87 (3), a gear member 4a having a convex coupling portion 3a and a gear having a concave coupling portion 3b. It is conceivable to assemble the composite driving force transmitting component 5 by fitting the convex connecting portion 3a to the concave connecting portion 3b and connecting the member 4b so that the driving force can be transmitted. However, such a device causes the following two problems.

第1に、同―種類の駆動力伝達部材、すなわちギヤ部材であれば、前述した主因子が同一であるギヤ部材を組合わせて、複合型駆動力伝達部品を構成する場合に、ギヤ部材の種類は、1種類であるにも拘わらず、凸状連結部が形成されるギヤ部材と、凹状連結部が形成されるギヤ部材との、2形態のギヤ部材が必要となる。第2に、異なる複数種類のギヤ部材を組合わせて、複合型駆動力伝達部品を構成する場合に、組合わせ可能な全ての複合型駆動力伝達部品を組立て可能にするためには、同一種類のギヤ部材同士を組立てる場合と同様に、各種類毎に、2形態のギヤ部材を準備する必要がある。   First, in the case of the same type of driving force transmission member, that is, a gear member, when combining the gear members having the same principal factors described above to form a composite driving force transmission component, Although there is only one type, two types of gear members are required: a gear member in which a convex coupling portion is formed and a gear member in which a concave coupling portion is formed. Second, when combining multiple different types of gear members to form a composite drive force transmission component, the same type must be used to enable assembly of all the composite drive force transmission components that can be combined. As in the case of assembling these gear members, it is necessary to prepare two types of gear members for each type.

このような問題は、駆動力伝達部品の共通化を図り、金型の点数を少なくすることと逆行することになり、図87(1)〜図87(3)に示す工夫は、前述のような画像情報処理装置の生産性の向上、製造コストの低減という目的を達成することができない。   This problem goes against the common use of driving force transmission parts and the reduction of the number of molds, and the devices shown in FIGS. 87 (1) to 87 (3) are as described above. The objectives of improving the productivity and reducing the manufacturing cost of a simple image information processing apparatus cannot be achieved.

したがって本発明の目的は、複数の駆動力伝達部材を用いて、これら各駆動力伝達部材によって組立可能な複合型駆動力伝達部品の種類を可及的に多くすることができる駆動力伝達部材の連結構造を提供することである。   Accordingly, an object of the present invention is to provide a driving force transmission member that uses a plurality of driving force transmission members and can increase as many kinds of composite driving force transmission parts that can be assembled by each of these driving force transmission members. It is to provide a connecting structure.

請求項記載の本発明は、軸線方向一側部に、凹状連結部および凸状連結部の少なくとも一方が形成される複数の駆動力伝達部材と、
軸線方向一側部に凹状連結部および凸状連結部の少なくともいずれか一方が形成されるとともに、軸線方向他側部に凹状連結部および凸状連結部の少なくともいずれか一方が形成される複数の連結部材とを備え、
前記複数の駆動力伝達部材は、選択的に用いられて、駆動力伝達部材および連結部材の凹状連結部または凸状連結部によって、1または複数の連結部材を介して、軸線まわりに回転して駆動力を伝達可能に、かつ軸線方向に着脱可能に連結され、
連結部材には、少なくとも軸線方向一側部に凸状連結部が形成され、
各駆動力伝達部材のうち少なくとも1つには、軸線方向一側部に、連結部材の凸状連結部の突出高さよりも小さく、かつ異なる深さを有し、有底の複数の凹状連結部が形成され、
連結部材の凸状連結部が、駆動力伝達部材の凹状連結部に選択的に嵌合されることを特徴とする駆動力伝達部材の連結構造である
The present invention according to claim 1 is a plurality of driving force transmission members in which at least one of a concave coupling portion and a convex coupling portion is formed on one side in the axial direction;
At least one of a concave connection part and a convex connection part is formed on one side in the axial direction, and at least one of a concave connection part and a convex connection part is formed on the other side in the axial direction A connecting member,
The plurality of driving force transmission members are selectively used to rotate around an axis via one or more connecting members by a concave connecting portion or a convex connecting portion of the driving force transmitting member and the connecting member. It is connected so as to be able to transmit driving force and detachable in the axial direction,
The connecting member is formed with a convex connecting portion at least on one side in the axial direction,
At least one of the driving force transmitting member, in the axial direction one side, smaller than the protrusion height of the convex coupling portion of the coupling member, and different has a depth, a plurality of concave coupling portions having a bottom Formed,
The drive force transmission member connection structure is characterized in that the convex connection portion of the connection member is selectively fitted into the concave connection portion of the drive force transmission member .

本発明に従えば、連結部材の凸状連結部を、深さの異なる複数の凹状連結部が形成される駆動力伝達部材の凹状連結部に、選択的に嵌合することによって、連結部材と、深さの異なる複数の凹状連結部が形成される駆動力伝達部材との間隔を選択することができる。これによって各駆動力伝達部材間の間隔を設定するための部材を別途に用いることなく、各駆動力伝達部材の間隔を選択することが可能になる。 According to the present invention, by selectively fitting the convex coupling portion of the coupling member to the concave coupling portion of the driving force transmission member in which a plurality of concave coupling portions having different depths are formed, the coupling member and It is possible to select a distance from the driving force transmission member in which a plurality of concave coupling portions having different depths are formed. This makes it possible to select the interval between the driving force transmission members without separately using a member for setting the interval between the driving force transmission members.

請求項記載の本発明は、軸線方向一側部に、凹状連結部および凸状連結部の少なくとも一方が形成される複数の駆動力伝達部材と、
軸線方向一側部に凹状連結部および凸状連結部の少なくともいずれか一方が形成されるとともに、軸線方向他側部に凹状連結部および凸状連結部の少なくともいずれか一方が形成される複数の連結部材とを備え、
前記複数の駆動力伝達部材は、選択的に用いられて、駆動力伝達部材および連結部材の凹状連結部または凸状連結部によって、1または複数の連結部材を介して、軸線まわりに回転して駆動力を伝達可能に、かつ軸線方向に着脱可能に連結され、
各駆動力伝達部材には、軸線方向一側部に凹状連結部が形成され、
各駆動力伝達部材間には、複数の連結部材が介在され、連結部材には、軸線方向両側部に凸状連結部が形成されるとともに、少なくとも軸線方向一側部に、凸状連結部の突出高さよりも小さく、かつ異なる深さを有し、有底の複数の凹状連結部が形成され、
各連結部材は、凸状連結部が、凹状連結部に選択的に嵌合されて連結されることを特徴とする駆動力伝達部材の連結構造である
A second aspect of the present invention provides a plurality of driving force transmission members in which at least one of a concave coupling portion and a convex coupling portion is formed on one side in the axial direction,
At least one of a concave connection part and a convex connection part is formed on one side in the axial direction, and at least one of a concave connection part and a convex connection part is formed on the other side in the axial direction A connecting member,
The plurality of driving force transmission members are selectively used to rotate around an axis via one or more connecting members by a concave connecting portion or a convex connecting portion of the driving force transmitting member and the connecting member. It is connected so as to be able to transmit driving force and detachable in the axial direction,
Each driving force transmission member has a concave connecting portion on one side in the axial direction.
A plurality of connecting members are interposed between the driving force transmitting members, and the connecting members are formed with convex connecting portions on both sides in the axial direction, and at least one side of the axial direction is provided with a convex connecting portion. A plurality of bottomed concave connecting portions having a different depth than the protruding height and having a different depth are formed.
Each connecting member has a driving force transmitting member connecting structure in which a convex connecting portion is selectively fitted and connected to a concave connecting portion.

本発明に従えば、各駆動力伝達部材間に介在される各連結部材は、凸状連結部を、深さの異なる複数の凹状連結部に、選択的に嵌合することによって連結され、これによって連結部材軸線方向長さを選択することができる。これによって各駆動力伝達部材間の間隔を設定するための部材を別途に用いることなく、各駆動力伝達部材の間隔を選択することが可能になる。 According to the present invention, the connecting members interposed between the driving force transmission members are connected by selectively fitting the convex connecting portions to the plurality of concave connecting portions having different depths. The axial direction length of the connecting member can be selected. This makes it possible to select the interval between the driving force transmission members without separately using a member for setting the interval between the driving force transmission members.

請求項記載の本発明は、請求項1または2記載の発明の構成において、各駆動力伝達部材には、各駆動力伝達部材を挿通して回転自在に支持する回転支持部材が挿通される嵌合孔が形成され、
各駆動力伝達部材の各嵌合孔に嵌合可能であり、内径の異なる挿通孔が形成される複数の環状の軸径設定部材が、選択的に用いられて、前記各嵌合孔に嵌合され、回転支持部材を軸径設定部材の挿通孔に挿通させることによって、各駆動力伝達部材を回転自在に支持することを特徴とする。
According to a third aspect of the present invention, in the configuration of the first or second aspect of the present invention, each driving force transmitting member is inserted with a rotation supporting member that is rotatably supported by inserting each driving force transmitting member. A mating hole is formed,
A plurality of annular shaft diameter setting members that can be fitted into the respective fitting holes of the respective driving force transmitting members and that have insertion holes with different inner diameters are selectively used to fit into the respective fitting holes. In addition, each driving force transmitting member is rotatably supported by inserting the rotation support member through the insertion hole of the shaft diameter setting member.

本発明に従えば、各駆動力伝達部材には、軸線方向に貫通する嵌合孔が形成され、各駆動力伝達部材の各嵌合孔には、軸径設定部材が嵌合可能である。軸径設定部材は、環状であり、内径の異なる複数の軸径設定部材が選択的に用いられて、各駆動力伝達部材の嵌合孔に嵌合され、この軸径設定部材の挿通孔に回転支持部材が挿通されて、各駆動力伝達部材が回転自在に支持される。これによって各駆動力伝達部材を外径の異なる回転支持部材によって回転支持する場合に、回転支持部材の外径に対応させて各駆動力伝達部材を準備する必要がなく、駆動力伝達部材は、回転支持部材の外径が異なっても1種類だけでよい。   According to the present invention, each driving force transmission member is formed with a fitting hole penetrating in the axial direction, and a shaft diameter setting member can be fitted into each fitting hole of each driving force transmission member. The shaft diameter setting member has an annular shape, and a plurality of shaft diameter setting members having different inner diameters are selectively used and fitted into the fitting holes of the respective driving force transmission members. The rotation support member is inserted, and each driving force transmission member is rotatably supported. Thus, when each driving force transmission member is rotationally supported by a rotation support member having a different outer diameter, it is not necessary to prepare each driving force transmission member in correspondence with the outer diameter of the rotation support member. Even if the outer diameter of the rotation support member is different, only one type is required.

請求項記載の本発明によれば、連結部材の凸状連結部を、深さの異なる複数の凹状連結部が形成される駆動力伝達部材の凹状連結部に、選択的に嵌合することによって、連結部材と、深さの異なる複数の凹状連結部が形成される駆動力伝達部材との間隔を選択することができる。これによって各駆動力伝達部材間の間隔を設定するための部材を別途に用いることなく、各駆動力伝達部材の間隔を選択することが可能になる。 According to this invention of Claim 1 , the convex connection part of a connection member is selectively fitted in the concave connection part of the driving force transmission member in which the several concave connection part from which depth differs is formed. By this, it is possible to select the interval between the connecting member and the driving force transmitting member in which a plurality of concave connecting portions having different depths are formed. This makes it possible to select the interval between the driving force transmission members without separately using a member for setting the interval between the driving force transmission members.

請求項記載の本発明によれば、各駆動力伝達部材間に介在される各連結部材は、凸状連結部を、深さの異なる複数の凹状連結部に、選択的に嵌合することによって連結され、これによって連結部材軸線方向長さを選択することができる。これによって各駆動力伝達部材間の間隔を設定するための部材を別途に用いることなく、各駆動力伝達部材の間隔を選択することが可能になる。 According to the second aspect of the present invention, each connecting member interposed between each driving force transmitting member selectively fits the convex connecting portion to a plurality of concave connecting portions having different depths. By this, the axial length of the connecting member can be selected. This makes it possible to select the interval between the driving force transmission members without separately using a member for setting the interval between the driving force transmission members.

請求項記載の本発明によれば、各駆動力伝達部材には、軸線方向に貫通する嵌合孔が形成され、各駆動力伝達部材の各嵌合孔には、軸径設定部材が嵌合可能である。軸径設定部材は、環状であり、内径の異なる複数の軸径設定部材が選択的に用いられて、各駆動力伝達部材の嵌合孔に嵌合され、この軸径設定部材の挿通孔に回転支持部材が挿通されて、各駆動力伝達部材が回転自在に支持される。これによって各駆動力伝達部材を外径の異なる回転支持部材によって回転支持する場合に、回転支持部材の外径に対応させて各駆動力伝達部材を準備する必要がなく、駆動力伝達部材は、回転支持部材の外径が異なっても1種類だけでよい。 According to the third aspect of the present invention, each driving force transmission member is formed with a fitting hole penetrating in the axial direction, and a shaft diameter setting member is fitted in each fitting hole of each driving force transmission member. Is possible. The shaft diameter setting member has an annular shape, and a plurality of shaft diameter setting members having different inner diameters are selectively used and fitted into the fitting holes of the respective driving force transmission members, and the shaft diameter setting members are inserted into the insertion holes. The rotation support member is inserted, and each driving force transmission member is rotatably supported. Thus, when each driving force transmission member is rotationally supported by a rotation support member having a different outer diameter, it is not necessary to prepare each driving force transmission member corresponding to the outer diameter of the rotation support member. Even if the outer diameter of the rotation support member is different, only one type is required.

図1は本発明の駆動力伝達部材の連結構造が適用される画像処理装置の1つである複写機の主要構成の概略を示す断面図であり、図2は図1に示す複写機の循環式原稿自動給送装置、手動原稿載置装置および光学装置の概略を示す断面図であり、図3は図1に示す複写機の作像装置、定着装置およびシート給送装置の概略を示す断面図である。   FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing a main configuration of a copying machine as one of image processing apparatuses to which a connecting structure of driving force transmission members of the present invention is applied. FIG. 2 is a circulation diagram of the copying machine shown in FIG. FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing an automatic document feeder, a manual document placing device, and an optical device, and FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing an image forming device, a fixing device, and a sheet feeder of the copying machine shown in FIG. FIG.

図1に示すように、面像処理装置である複写機は、複写機本体10の上方に、循環式原稿自動給送装置20、および原稿を手動でセットする手動原稿載置装置30が設けられている。複写機本体10には、光学装置40が上部に内蔵され、作像装置50および定着装置60が中段部に内蔵され、シート給送装置100が下部に部分的に外部に露出して内蔵されている。また、複写機本体10の一側方(図1において左側方)に後処理装置70が設けられている。   As shown in FIG. 1, a copying machine as a surface image processing apparatus is provided with a circulation type automatic document feeder 20 and a manual document placement device 30 for manually setting a document above a copying machine body 10. ing. In the copying machine main body 10, an optical device 40 is built in the upper portion, an image forming device 50 and a fixing device 60 are built in the middle portion, and a sheet feeding device 100 is partially exposed and built in the lower portion. Yes. A post-processing device 70 is provided on one side of the copying machine main body 10 (on the left side in FIG. 1).

図2に示すように、循環式原稿自動給送装置20の原稿載置台21に複数枚積重されて載置された原稿は、原稿分離給送手段22によって1枚ずつ分離されて、原稿給送ローラ23a,23b,23c,23dによって、コンタクトガラスなどの透明部材が配置された第1原稿露光部24に送られ、一方の面が第1原稿露光部24に対向するように配置される。原稿は、第1原稿露光部24を通過した後、スイッチバック機構から成る原稿反転手段25によって表裏が反転されて、第1原稿露光部24に対向した面と反対の面が第2原稿露光部26に対向するように配置される。さらに原稿は、第2原稿露光部26を通過した後、原稿戻し手段27a、27bによって、原稿裁置台21に載置されている原稿の最下部に戻される。このように、循環式原稿自動給送装置20は、第1原稿露光部24と第2原稿露光部26とに、順次、原稿を送給することができ、この循環式原稿自動送給装置20によって、第1および第2露光部24,26に送給された原稿は、後で詳述する光学装置40によって、原稿走行方式の露光走査が行われる。   As shown in FIG. 2, a plurality of documents stacked and placed on the document placing table 21 of the circulation type automatic document feeder 20 are separated one by one by the document separating / feeding means 22, and the document feeding is performed. The feed rollers 23 a, 23 b, 23 c, and 23 d are fed to the first document exposure unit 24 on which a transparent member such as contact glass is disposed, and are disposed so that one surface faces the first document exposure unit 24. After the document passes through the first document exposure unit 24, the front and back are reversed by the document reversing means 25 comprising a switchback mechanism, and the surface opposite to the surface facing the first document exposure unit 24 is the second document exposure unit. 26 so as to face 26. Further, after the document passes through the second document exposure unit 26, the document is returned to the lowermost part of the document placed on the document placing table 21 by the document return means 27a and 27b. As described above, the circulation type automatic document feeder 20 can sequentially feed a document to the first document exposure unit 24 and the second document exposure unit 26, and the circulation type document automatic feeding device 20. Thus, the document fed to the first and second exposure units 24 and 26 is subjected to exposure scanning in the document traveling system by the optical device 40 described in detail later.

これに対して手動原稿載置装置30は、コンタクトガラス31と、コンタクトガラス31の上方に開放可能に設けた原稿カバー32とから成る。この手動原稿載置装置30に原稿を載置するときには、作業者は、手動で原稿カバー32を開放してコンタクトガラス31上の原稿載置基準位置に原稿を載置する。この状態で原稿カバー32を閉じると、原稿は、原稿カバー32によって、コンタクトガラス31に押しつけられる。この手動原稿載置装置30を用いる場合には、コンタクトガラス31上に静止した状態で載置された原稿は、後で詳述する光学装置40によって、原稿静止方式の露光走査が行われる。   On the other hand, the manual document placing device 30 includes a contact glass 31 and a document cover 32 provided on the contact glass 31 so as to be openable. When placing a document on the manual document placement device 30, the operator manually opens the document cover 32 and places the document at the document placement reference position on the contact glass 31. When the document cover 32 is closed in this state, the document is pressed against the contact glass 31 by the document cover 32. When this manual document placing device 30 is used, the document placed in a stationary state on the contact glass 31 is subjected to exposure scanning of the document stationary method by the optical device 40 described in detail later.

複写機本体10の上部に内蔵される光学装置40は、露光ランプ41および第1ミラー42が一体的に設けられる走査ユニット43と、第2ミラー44と第3ミラー45が一体的に設けられる移動ミラーユニット46と、変倍レンズ47と、第4ミラー48aと、第5ミラー48bと、第6ミラー49とから成る。この光学装置40は、走査ユニット43を原稿面沿って走査しながら、原稿面を露光ランプ41によって照射し、このときに原稿面で反射する反射光を、第1ミラー42、第2ミラー44、第3ミラー45、変倍レンズ47、第4ミラー48a、第5ミラー48b、および第6ミラー49を介して、次ぎに説明する感光体51の表面に導き、原稿の画像を表す反射光による光学像を結像する。   The optical device 40 built in the upper part of the copying machine main body 10 includes a scanning unit 43 in which an exposure lamp 41 and a first mirror 42 are integrally provided, and a movement in which a second mirror 44 and a third mirror 45 are integrally provided. It comprises a mirror unit 46, a zoom lens 47, a fourth mirror 48a, a fifth mirror 48b, and a sixth mirror 49. The optical device 40 irradiates the document surface with the exposure lamp 41 while scanning the scanning unit 43 along the document surface, and reflects the reflected light reflected on the document surface at this time by the first mirror 42, the second mirror 44, Optical by reflected light that is guided to the surface of the photosensitive member 51 described below through the third mirror 45, the variable magnification lens 47, the fourth mirror 48a, the fifth mirror 48b, and the sixth mirror 49, and represents the image of the document. Form an image.

循環式原稿自動給送装置20を用いて、複数枚の原稿を機械操作によっていわば自動的に送給し、その原稿の原稿面を露光走査する場合に、第1原稿露光部24に対向する側の原稿面を露光走査するときには、走査ユニット43は第1原稿露光部用の停止位置43aに停止し、第1原稿露光部24に臨む位置を走行して通過する原稿を、原稿の走行に依存して露光走査するとともに、また第2原稿露光部26に対向する側の原稿面を露光走査するときには、走査ユニット43は第2原稿露光部用の停止位置43bに停止し、第2原稿露光部26に臨む位置を走行して通過する原稿を、原稿の走行に依存して露光走査する。   When a plurality of originals are automatically fed by mechanical operation using the circulation type automatic document feeder 20, and the original surface of the original is exposed and scanned, the side facing the first original exposure unit 24 When the document surface is exposed and scanned, the scanning unit 43 stops at the stop position 43a for the first document exposure unit, and the document that travels and passes through the position facing the first document exposure unit 24 depends on the travel of the document. When the exposure scanning is performed and the document surface on the side facing the second document exposure unit 26 is exposed and scanned, the scanning unit 43 stops at the stop position 43b for the second document exposure unit, and the second document exposure unit. The document that travels and passes through the position facing the camera 26 is exposed and scanned depending on the travel of the document.

これに対して手動原稿載置装置30を用いて、作業者が1枚の原稿をコンタクトガラス上に静止した状態で載置し、その原稿の原稿面を露光走査する場合に、走査ユニット43はコンタクトガラス31の一端部(図2において左端部)に対応する待機位置43cから他端部に向けて(図2の右方へ)移動しながら、原稿を露光操作する。このとき、移動ミラーユニット46は走査ユニット43の移動速度の半分の速度で同一方向に移動する。   On the other hand, when the manual document placement device 30 is used to place a single document on a contact glass by an operator and the document surface of the document is exposed and scanned, the scanning unit 43 is used. The document is exposed while moving from the standby position 43c corresponding to one end (left end in FIG. 2) of the contact glass 31 toward the other end (to the right in FIG. 2). At this time, the moving mirror unit 46 moves in the same direction at half the moving speed of the scanning unit 43.

図3に示すように、複写機本体10の中段部に内蔵される作像装置50は、感光体51の周囲に、感光体51の回転方向A(図3において時計まわりの方向)に沿って、順次、帯電器52、露光用光路53、現像手段54、転写器55、剥離放電器56、クリーナ57および除電ランプ58などの主要部品が設けられて構成されている。帯電器52は、回転する感光体51の表面に電荷を供給して、感光体51の表面を一様に帯電させる。次に、帯電器52によって一様に帯電された感光体51の表面が露光用光路53に臨む露光用開口領域51aに至ると、光学装置40によって得られ、導かれる原稿からの反射光が露光用光路53を通して感光体51に照射され、これによって感光体51の表面の一様な電荷が原稿像に対応した電荷に変化し、感光体51の表面に静電潜像が形成される。   As shown in FIG. 3, the image forming apparatus 50 incorporated in the middle part of the copying machine main body 10 is arranged around the photoconductor 51 along the rotation direction A of the photoconductor 51 (clockwise direction in FIG. 3). The main components such as a charger 52, an exposure optical path 53, a developing means 54, a transfer device 55, a peeling discharge device 56, a cleaner 57, and a charge eliminating lamp 58 are sequentially provided. The charger 52 supplies electric charges to the surface of the rotating photoconductor 51 to uniformly charge the surface of the photoconductor 51. Next, when the surface of the photoconductor 51 uniformly charged by the charger 52 reaches the exposure opening area 51a facing the exposure optical path 53, the reflected light from the document obtained and guided by the optical device 40 is exposed. The photosensitive member 51 is irradiated through the optical path 53, whereby the uniform charge on the surface of the photosensitive member 51 changes to a charge corresponding to the original image, and an electrostatic latent image is formed on the surface of the photosensitive member 51.

次に、この静電潜像が形成された感光体51の表面が現像手段54に対向する位置に移動すると、現像手段54によって静電潜像を形成している電荷と逆極性の現像剤が供給され、静電潜像に現像剤が静電気力で付着して、静電潜像は顕像化した現像剤像になる。次に、現像剤像が形成された感光体51の表面が転写器55に対向した位置に至ると、感光体51の表面の電荷と同極性の電荷が、転写器55からシート給送装置100によって感光体51に向かって給送されるシートに供給されて、感光体51に密着したシートの電位が感光体51の表面電位よりも高くなり、感光体51の表面の現像剤像が、シートに向けて吸引され、感光体51の表面からシート上に、現像剤像を転写される。   Next, when the surface of the photoreceptor 51 on which the electrostatic latent image is formed moves to a position facing the developing unit 54, a developer having a polarity opposite to that of the charge forming the electrostatic latent image by the developing unit 54 is obtained. The developer is supplied to the electrostatic latent image by electrostatic force, and the electrostatic latent image becomes a visualized developer image. Next, when the surface of the photoconductor 51 on which the developer image is formed reaches a position facing the transfer device 55, the charge having the same polarity as the charge on the surface of the photoconductor 51 is transferred from the transfer device 55 to the sheet feeding device 100. Is supplied to the sheet fed toward the photosensitive member 51, and the potential of the sheet in close contact with the photosensitive member 51 becomes higher than the surface potential of the photosensitive member 51, and the developer image on the surface of the photosensitive member 51 becomes the sheet. The developer image is transferred from the surface of the photoreceptor 51 onto the sheet.

次に、転写器55に隣接された剥離放電器56によって、転写器55の供給電荷とは逆極性の電荷が供給され、感光体51の表面とシートとの密着性が低下して、シートが現像剤像を担持した状態で感光体51の表面から剥離する。さらに、感光体51の表面が移動してクリーナ57に対向する位置に至ると、転写時にシートに移動せずに感光体51の表面に残留した現像剤が、感光体51の表面から除去される。次に、残留現像剤の除去された感光体51の表面が除電ランプ58の位置に移動すると、除電ランプ58から除電光が照射されて、感光体51の表面電位をほぼ一様な低い電位にし、帯電器51により帯電されるときに、感光体51の表面電位が高くなりすぎたり、表面電位の一様性が低下するのを防止することができる。このような行程が連続して行われて、露光走査された原稿像が、現像剤像としてシート上に形成される。なお、クリーナ57によって回収された現像剤は、図示しない現像剤回収搬送路を介して現像剤回収容器148に送られる。   Next, the peeling discharge device 56 adjacent to the transfer device 55 supplies a charge having a polarity opposite to the supply charge of the transfer device 55, and the adhesion between the surface of the photoreceptor 51 and the sheet is lowered, and the sheet is The developer image is peeled off from the surface of the photoreceptor 51 in a state where the developer image is carried. Further, when the surface of the photoconductor 51 moves to reach a position facing the cleaner 57, the developer remaining on the surface of the photoconductor 51 without moving to the sheet during transfer is removed from the surface of the photoconductor 51. . Next, when the surface of the photoconductor 51 from which the residual developer has been removed moves to the position of the static elimination lamp 58, the static elimination light is emitted from the static elimination lamp 58, and the surface potential of the photoconductor 51 is set to a substantially uniform low potential. When charged by the charger 51, it is possible to prevent the surface potential of the photoconductor 51 from becoming too high or the uniformity of the surface potential from being lowered. Such a process is continuously performed, and the original image scanned by exposure is formed on the sheet as a developer image. The developer recovered by the cleaner 57 is sent to the developer recovery container 148 via a developer recovery transport path (not shown).

前述した作像装置50の転写部にシートを給送するシート給送装置100は、複写機本体10の下部に部分的に外部に露出して内蔵されており、第1シート給送装置110、第2シート給送装置120、第3シート給送装置130、両面給送装置140および手差し給送装置150から構成され、手差し給送装置150だけは複写機本体10の外部に露出している。各シート給送装置110,120,130,140,150は、主要な手段として、各シート載置手段111,121,131,141,151と、呼び込み絵送手段112,122,132,142,152、および分離給送手段113,123,133,143,153から成る給送ユニット114,124,134,144,154とがそれぞれ設けられている。   A sheet feeding apparatus 100 that feeds a sheet to the transfer unit of the image forming apparatus 50 described above is partially exposed to the outside of the lower part of the copying machine main body 10, and is incorporated in the first sheet feeding apparatus 110, The second sheet feeding device 120, the third sheet feeding device 130, the duplex feeding device 140, and the manual feeding device 150 are configured, and only the manual feeding device 150 is exposed to the outside of the copying machine main body 10. Each of the sheet feeding apparatuses 110, 120, 130, 140, and 150 includes, as main means, each sheet placing means 111, 121, 131, 141, and 151, and a calling picture feeding means 112, 122, 132, 142, and 152. , And feeding units 114, 124, 134, 144, and 154 comprising separation feeding means 113, 123, 133, 143, and 153, respectively.

また、各シート給送装置110,120,130,140,150によって、1枚ずつ給送されるシートを感光体51に導く搬送路には、感光体51の直前に設けられた同期整合手段160と、各シート給送装置110,120,130,140,150との間に、適宜、搬送ローラが配置されている。シート給送装置110,120,130,150から給送されたシートは、搬送路の途中に配置された搬送ローラによって同期整合手段160まで送られ、同期整合手段160によって、シートの前端線と感光体51の軸線とが平行となるように揃えられるとともに、感光体51の表面上に形成された現像剤像の位置と同期が取られて、感光体51に向かって送給される。転写部で現像剤像を担持したシートは、剥離放電器56によって感光体51から剥離され、搬送ベルト85によって定着装置60に送られる。   Further, synchronous alignment means 160 provided immediately before the photoconductor 51 is provided in the conveyance path that guides the sheets fed one by one by the sheet feeding devices 110, 120, 130, 140, and 150 to the photoconductor 51. A conveying roller is appropriately disposed between each of the sheet feeding apparatuses 110, 120, 130, 140, and 150. The sheets fed from the sheet feeding devices 110, 120, 130, and 150 are sent to the synchronous alignment unit 160 by a conveyance roller disposed in the middle of the conveyance path. While being aligned so that the axis of the body 51 is parallel, the position of the developer image formed on the surface of the photoreceptor 51 is synchronized, and the sheet is fed toward the photoreceptor 51. The sheet carrying the developer image at the transfer portion is peeled off from the photoreceptor 51 by the peeling discharger 56 and sent to the fixing device 60 by the transport belt 85.

定着装置60は、アルミニウムなどの金属パイプの表面に耐熱性の離型性樹脂を被覆して形成したヒートローラ61、金属の芯金の周囲にシリコンゴムなどから成る耐熱性弾性層を被覆して形成した圧着ローラ62、ヒートローラ61の内部に配置されて熱を供給するための加熱源であるヒーターランプ63、ヒーターランプ63の温度を所定の温度に保つためにヒートローラ61の外周に接触して配設されるサーミスタなどの温度検知器64、ヒートローラ61あるいは圧着ローラ62からシートを剥離するためにヒートローラ61あるいは圧着ローラ62の外周に接触して配置された剥離爪65、ならびにヒートローラ61と圧着ローラ62とを圧接する加圧手段(図示しない)などの主要部品によって構成されている。前述の作像装置50によって形成された未定着状態の現像剤像を担持したシートが、搬送ベルト85によって搬送されて定着装置60に至り、ヒートローラ61と圧着ローラ62の間を通過すると、熱と圧力がシートに加えられて、未定着状態の現像剤像はシートに定着され、その後、シートは、剥離爪65によリヒートローラ61或いは圧着ローラ62から剥離されて、定着装置60から送り出される。   The fixing device 60 includes a heat roller 61 formed by coating a surface of a metal pipe such as aluminum with a heat-resistant release resin, and a heat-resistant elastic layer made of silicon rubber or the like around a metal core. In order to keep the temperature of the formed pressure roller 62, the heater lamp 63, which is a heating source disposed in the heat roller 61 for supplying heat, and the heater lamp 63 at a predetermined temperature, it contacts the outer periphery of the heat roller 61. A temperature detector 64 such as a thermistor, a peeling claw 65 disposed in contact with the outer periphery of the heat roller 61 or the pressure roller 62 in order to peel the sheet from the heat roller 61 or the pressure roller 62, and a heat roller. It is constituted by main parts such as a pressurizing means (not shown) for press-contacting 61 and the pressure roller 62. When the sheet carrying the unfixed developer image formed by the image forming device 50 is conveyed by the conveying belt 85 to the fixing device 60 and passes between the heat roller 61 and the pressure roller 62, Pressure is applied to the sheet, and the unfixed developer image is fixed to the sheet. Thereafter, the sheet is peeled off from the reheat roller 61 or the pressure roller 62 by the peeling claw 65 and sent out from the fixing device 60. .

定着装置60から送り出されたシートは、搬送ローラ86を通過した後、切換ゲート87によって搬送路を切替られて、排出ローラ88により複写機本体10の外部に排出されるか、あるいは搬送ローラ89と正逆転ローラ90によって、スイッチバック搬送路91に送られる。スイッチバック搬送路91に搬入されたシートは、切換えゲート92による搬送路の切り換えと正逆転ローラ90の逆転とによって、両面給送装置140に向かって搬出される。スイッチバック搬送路91から搬出され、送りローラ93を通過したシートは、両面給送装置140に順に積み重ねられて載置される。両面給送装置140に一時的に載置されたシートは、呼び込み給送手段142と分離給送手段143とによって、1枚ずつ分離されて給送される。両面給送140から給送れたシートは、シートの画像が形成されていない面が感光体51に対向するように、再度、感光体51に向かって給送される。   After the sheet fed from the fixing device 60 passes through the conveyance roller 86, the conveyance path is switched by the switching gate 87 and is discharged to the outside of the copying machine main body 10 by the discharge roller 88, or It is sent to the switchback transport path 91 by the forward / reverse roller 90. The sheet carried into the switchback conveyance path 91 is carried out toward the duplex feeding device 140 by switching the conveyance path by the switching gate 92 and reverse rotation of the forward / reverse rotation roller 90. The sheets carried out from the switchback conveyance path 91 and passed through the feeding roller 93 are sequentially stacked and placed on the duplex feeding device 140. The sheets temporarily placed on the duplex feeding device 140 are separated and fed one by one by the feeding feeding means 142 and the separation feeding means 143. The sheet fed from the duplex feeding 140 is fed again toward the photoconductor 51 so that the surface of the sheet on which the image is not formed faces the photoconductor 51.

図示しない操作パネルにより、片面モードが選択された場合、シート載置手段111,121,131,151から給送されたシートは、片面に面像を形成され定着された後、複写機本体10から外部に排出される。これに対して、両面モードが選択された場合、シート載置手段111,121,131,151から給送されたシートは、片面に画像が形成されて定着された後、両面給紙装置140に載置されて、再度、感光体51に向かって給送されて、面像の形成されていない反対の面にも画像を形成された後に、片面モードの場合と同様に複写機本体10の外部に排出される。   When the single-sided mode is selected by an operation panel (not shown), the sheet fed from the sheet placing means 111, 121, 131, 151 is formed with a surface image on one side and fixed, and then from the copying machine main body 10. It is discharged outside. On the other hand, when the duplex mode is selected, the sheets fed from the sheet placing units 111, 121, 131, and 151 are fixed to the duplex feeding device 140 after an image is formed on one side and fixed. After being mounted and fed again toward the photoconductor 51 to form an image on the opposite surface where no surface image is formed, the exterior of the copying machine main body 10 is the same as in the single-sided mode. To be discharged.

上述のようにして複写機本体10の外部に排出されたシートは、後処理装置70に搬入される。再び図1を参照して、後処理装置70は、ステープルトレイ74、ステープラ75、プッシャー76、綴じシート排出トレイ77、およびスタックトレイ80などの主要要素を有して構成されている。複写機本体10から排出されたシートは、入り口ローラ71に送られて、切換えゲート81によって搬送路が切り換えられて、搬送ローラ73を介してステープルトレイ74に積載されるように送られるか、あるいは搬送ローラ78および排出ローラ79を介してスタックトレイ80に積載されるように送られる。ステープルトレイ74に積載されたシートは、所定の部毎にステープラ75で綴じられた後に、プッシャー76で綴じシート排出トレイ77に排出される。   The sheet discharged to the outside of the copying machine main body 10 as described above is carried into the post-processing device 70. Referring again to FIG. 1, the post-processing device 70 is configured to include main elements such as a staple tray 74, a stapler 75, a pusher 76, a binding sheet discharge tray 77, and a stack tray 80. The sheet discharged from the copying machine main body 10 is sent to the entrance roller 71 and the transport path is switched by the switching gate 81 and sent to be stacked on the staple tray 74 via the transport roller 73, or The paper is fed so as to be stacked on the stack tray 80 via the transport roller 78 and the discharge roller 79. The sheets stacked on the staple tray 74 are bound by the stapler 75 for each predetermined portion and then discharged to the binding sheet discharge tray 77 by the pusher 76.

以上説明した複写機内に配置された種々の装置は、複写機内に配置された駆動源であるモータやソレノイドなどから駆動力を、駆動力伝達装置を介して得ている。すなわちたとえば走査ユニット43および移動ミラーユニット46の移動させるための動力、感光体51を回転させるための動力、ならびに原稿およびシートを搬送するための各ローラを回転するための動力などをモータやソレノイドから、駆動力伝達部材を介して得ている。   The various devices arranged in the copying machine described above obtain driving force from a motor, solenoid, or the like, which is a driving source arranged in the copying machine, via the driving force transmission device. That is, for example, the power for moving the scanning unit 43 and the moving mirror unit 46, the power for rotating the photosensitive member 51, the power for rotating the rollers for conveying the document and the sheet, and the like are supplied from the motor and the solenoid. It is obtained via a driving force transmission member.

このような複写機において、モータやソレノイドからの動力を各装置に伝達する伝達装置は、多数の駆動力伝達部品を有している。この駆動力伝達部品は、たとえばギヤであり、これらギヤを大きく分類すると、他の部材と接合して駆動力の伝達作用を成す伝達作用部、すなわち他のギヤと噛合して相互に回転力を伝達するための歯部を1つだけ有するギヤ部材と、歯部が軸線方向に複数形成される複合型駆動伝達部品である複合型ギヤ体とに分類される。上述のように複合型ギヤ体を複数の配置位置で共用するためには、各配置位置において、複合型ギヤ体の各歯部が共に作用する必要があり、複合型ギヤ体を複数の配置位置で共用することが困難であったことに鑑み、複数のギヤ部材を含む構成部材を組立てることによって複合型ギヤ体を構成し、これによって金型などによってしなければならない成型品の種類を低減するために、本発明の駆動力伝達部材の連結構造が実施される。   In such a copying machine, a transmission device that transmits power from a motor or a solenoid to each device has a large number of driving force transmission components. This driving force transmission component is, for example, a gear, and when these gears are roughly classified, a transmission acting part that joins with other members to form a driving force transmitting action, that is, meshes with other gears to generate rotational force mutually. It is classified into a gear member having only one tooth portion for transmission and a composite gear body which is a composite drive transmission component in which a plurality of tooth portions are formed in the axial direction. As described above, in order to share a composite gear body at a plurality of arrangement positions, each tooth portion of the composite gear body must act together at each arrangement position. In view of the fact that it has been difficult to share with each other, a composite gear body is constructed by assembling components including a plurality of gear members, thereby reducing the types of molded products that have to be made with a mold or the like. Therefore, the connection structure of the driving force transmission member of the present invention is implemented.

本発明に関連する第1グループの発明について、図4〜図41を参照して説明する。図4は、本発明に関連する第1グループの実施の一形態の駆動力伝達部材であるギヤ部材の連結構造に従って連結される複合型駆動伝達部品(以下、「組立体」と称する場合がある)500を有するギヤ列を示す断面図である。図5(1)は組立体500を構成するギヤ部材103を示す正面図であり、図5(2)は図5(1)の切断面線C−Cから見たギヤ部材103の断面図であり、図5(3)はギヤ部材103の背面図である。図6(1)は組立体500を構成するギヤ部材104を示す正面図であり、図6(2)は図6(1)の切断面線D−Dから見たギヤ部材104の断面図であり、図6(3)はギヤ部材104の背面図である。図7(1)は組立体500を有するギヤ列を構成するギヤ部材101を示す正面図であり、図7(2)は図7(1)の切断面線A−Aから見たギヤ部材101の断面図であり、図7(3)はギヤ部材101の背面図である。図8(1)は組立体500を有するギヤ列を構成するギヤ部材102を示す正面図であり、図8(2)は図8(1)の切断面線B−Bから見たギヤ部材102の断面図であり、図8(3)はギヤ部材102の背面図である。   A first group of inventions related to the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. FIG. 4 may be referred to as a composite drive transmission component (hereinafter referred to as an “assembly”) that is coupled according to a gear member coupling structure that is a driving force transmission member according to an embodiment of the first group related to the present invention. ) Is a cross-sectional view showing a gear train having 500; 5 (1) is a front view showing the gear member 103 constituting the assembly 500, and FIG. 5 (2) is a cross-sectional view of the gear member 103 as seen from the section line CC in FIG. 5 (1). FIG. 5 (3) is a rear view of the gear member 103. 6 (1) is a front view showing the gear member 104 constituting the assembly 500, and FIG. 6 (2) is a cross-sectional view of the gear member 104 as seen from the section line DD in FIG. 6 (1). FIG. 6 (3) is a rear view of the gear member 104. FIG. 7 (1) is a front view showing a gear member 101 constituting a gear train having an assembly 500, and FIG. 7 (2) is a gear member 101 as viewed from the section line AA in FIG. 7 (1). FIG. 7 (3) is a rear view of the gear member 101. FIG. 8 (1) is a front view showing the gear member 102 constituting the gear train having the assembly 500, and FIG. 8 (2) is the gear member 102 viewed from the cutting plane line BB in FIG. 8 (1). FIG. 8 (3) is a rear view of the gear member 102.

本形態では、前述のように駆動伝達部材として、外周部の歯部を他の部材と噛合することによって駆動力を伝達する4種類のギヤ部材101〜104を例に挙げて説明する。ギヤ部材103には、軸線方向一側部に軸線方向他側部に向かって残余の部分よりも凹む凹状連結部103aが形成されており、凹状連結部103aを設けた軸線方向一側部とは反対側の軸線方向他側部に軸線方向一側部から離反する方向に残余の部分よりも突出する凸状連結部103bが形成されている。ギヤ部材101、ギヤ部材102、およびギヤ部材104にも、ギヤ部材101と同様に、軸線方向一側部に凹状連結部101a,102a,104aが形成され、軸線方向他側部に凸状連結部101b,102b,104bがそれぞれ形成されている。   In the present embodiment, as described above, four types of gear members 101 to 104 that transmit driving force by engaging the teeth of the outer peripheral portion with other members will be described as examples of the drive transmission member. The gear member 103 is formed with a concave connecting portion 103a that is recessed from the remaining portion toward the other axial side portion on one side in the axial direction. What is the one side in the axial direction provided with the concave connecting portion 103a? A convex connecting portion 103b is formed on the other side in the opposite axial direction so as to protrude from the remaining portion in a direction away from the one side in the axial direction. Similarly to the gear member 101, the gear member 101, the gear member 102, and the gear member 104 are also formed with concave connection portions 101 a, 102 a, 104 a on one side in the axial direction, and convex connection portions on the other side in the axial direction. 101b, 102b, and 104b are formed, respectively.

各凹状連結部101a〜104aは、同一形状に形成され、かつ各ギヤ部材101〜104の軸線に対して同一の位置に配置されている。また各凸状連結部101b〜104bについても同様に、同一形状に形成され、かつ各ギヤ部材101〜104の軸線に対して同一の位置に配置されている。さらに各凹状連結101a〜104aの各ギヤ部材101〜104の一側部の表面からの深さ寸法H2よりも、各凸状連結部101b〜104bの高さ寸法H1が小さくなるように(H1<H2)形成されている。また各凸状連結部101b〜104bは、各凹状連結部101a〜104aに、大きくがたつくことなく安定して嵌合し、かつその嵌合および離脱動作を円滑に行うことができる形状に形成され、各ギヤ部材101〜104の連結および離脱作業が容易である。   Each of the concave connecting portions 101a to 104a is formed in the same shape and is disposed at the same position with respect to the axis of each of the gear members 101 to 104. Similarly, the convex connecting portions 101b to 104b are also formed in the same shape and arranged at the same position with respect to the axis of each gear member 101 to 104. Furthermore, the height dimension H1 of each convex connection part 101b-104b becomes smaller than the depth dimension H2 from the surface of one side part of each gear member 101-104 of each concave connection 101a-104a (H1 < H2) formed. Further, each of the convex connecting portions 101b to 104b is formed in a shape that can be stably fitted to each of the concave connecting portions 101a to 104a without greatly shaking, and that the fitting and detaching operations can be smoothly performed. It is easy to connect and disengage the gear members 101 to 104.

これらの各凹状連結部101a〜104aと、各凸状連結部101b〜104bとは、各ギヤ部材101〜104の中心部に各歯車部材101〜104を貫通して形成される軸受け孔101c〜104cと駆動力伝達作用部である歯部101d〜104dとの間に、軸受け孔101c〜104cの中心となる各ギヤ部材の各軸線Oから一定の距離に、かつ周方向に180度毎に2箇所形成されている。このように各ギヤ部材101〜104の形成する各凹状連結部101a〜104aおよび各凸状連結部101b〜104bが、統一性を有する構成とすることによって、同一種のギヤ部材同士または異なる種類のギヤ部材を任意に選択して同一軸線上に配置し、凸状連結部を凹状連結部に嵌合して係止し、各ギヤ部材を軸線まわりに、回転力を伝達可能に、かつ軸線方向に相互に着脱可能に連結することができる。   These concave connecting portions 101a to 104a and convex connecting portions 101b to 104b are bearing holes 101c to 104c formed through the gear members 101 to 104 at the center of the gear members 101 to 104, respectively. And the tooth portions 101d to 104d, which are driving force transmission acting portions, at a fixed distance from each axis O of each gear member that is the center of the bearing holes 101c to 104c, and at two positions every 180 degrees in the circumferential direction. Is formed. Thus, by making each concave connection part 101a-104a and each convex connection part 101b-104b which each gear member 101-104 forms into a structure which has unity, it is the same kind of gear members or different types of gear members. Arbitrarily select gear members and place them on the same axis, and engage and lock the convex connecting parts with the concave connecting parts, allowing each gear member to transmit rotational force around the axis, and in the axial direction Can be detachably connected to each other.

具体的に述べると、図4に示すように各ギヤ部材103,104を、凸状連結部103bを凹状連結部104aに嵌合することによって連結し、組立体500を構成することができる。図示しないけれども言うまでもなく、他のギヤ部材101,102についても同様に連結することができる。特に各ギヤ部材101〜104には、凹状連結部101a〜104aと凸状連結部101b〜104bとが形成され、しかも相互に異なる側部に配置されているので、各ギヤ部材101〜104のうち2つを任意に選択しても、それら2つのギヤ部材は必ず連結することができる。すなわち選択されたギヤ部材の少なくとも1つが凹状連結部および凸状連結部を有しているので、これと連結されるギヤ部材は凹状連結部または凸状連結部を有していれば連結可能であり、全てのギヤ部材101〜104同士で相互に連結することができる。   Specifically, as shown in FIG. 4, the gear members 103 and 104 can be connected by fitting the convex connecting portion 103 b to the concave connecting portion 104 a to constitute the assembly 500. Needless to say, although not shown, the other gear members 101 and 102 can be similarly connected. In particular, each of the gear members 101 to 104 is formed with the concave connection portions 101a to 104a and the convex connection portions 101b to 104b, and is disposed on mutually different side portions. Even if two are arbitrarily selected, the two gear members can always be connected. That is, since at least one of the selected gear members has a concave connection portion and a convex connection portion, the gear member connected to this can be connected if it has a concave connection portion or a convex connection portion. Yes, all the gear members 101 to 104 can be connected to each other.

これによって4種類のギヤ部材101〜104を準備することによって、2つの歯部101d〜104dを有する10種類、すなわち異種間の組合せが6種類と同種間の組合せが4種類との計10種類の複合型駆動力伝達部品を組み立てることができる。すなわちギヤ部材の種類よりも多数の複合型駆動力伝達部品を組み立てることができる。この効果は、2種類以上のギヤ部材を準備したときに達成可能である。またこれらギヤ部材101〜104は、単体で用いることも可能であるとともに、3つ以上の歯部を有する組立体を組立てることも可能であり、これらをも含めると、さらに多くの駆動力伝達部品を構成することができる。   Thus, by preparing four types of gear members 101 to 104, there are ten types having two tooth portions 101d to 104d, that is, six types of combinations between different types and four types of combinations between the same types. A composite driving force transmission component can be assembled. That is, it is possible to assemble more complex driving force transmission parts than types of gear members. This effect can be achieved when two or more types of gear members are prepared. In addition, these gear members 101 to 104 can be used alone, and an assembly having three or more tooth portions can be assembled. If these are included, more driving force transmission parts are included. Can be configured.

なお本明細書において以下も同様に、4種類のギヤ部材101〜104を主に例に挙げて説明するけれども、複写機全体および他の機器などに対して、共用を図る全てのギヤ部材に、同様の凹状連結部および凸状連結部を形成することによって、全てのギヤ部材を連結することができる。準備するギヤ部材の種類が多くなれば、構成可能な駆動力伝達部品全体の種類に対して準備したギヤ部材の種類の比率は小さくなり、前述の本発明の効果は大きくなり、したがって多くの駆動力伝達部品を用いる複写機などの画像処理装置では、本発明の絶大な効果が発揮される。   In the following description, the four types of gear members 101 to 104 will be mainly described as examples. However, for all the gear members intended to be shared for the entire copying machine and other devices, All the gear members can be connected by forming the same concave connection part and convex connection part. As the number of types of gear members to be prepared increases, the ratio of the types of prepared gear members to the total types of drive force transmission components that can be configured decreases, and the above-described effect of the present invention increases. In an image processing apparatus such as a copying machine using a force transmission component, the great effect of the present invention is exhibited.

図4に示すように、駆動機構であるギヤ列を支持するフレーム200には、回転支持部材である回転軸201、回転軸202および回転軸203が一体的に固定して立設されており、各回転軸201〜203は相互に平行に設けられている。回転軸201がギヤ部材101に挿通され、回転軸202がギヤ部材102に挿通され、また回転軸203が各ギヤ部材103,104から成る組立体500に挿通され、各ギヤ部材101,102および組立体500が回転自在に支持されている。   As shown in FIG. 4, a rotation shaft 201, a rotation shaft 202, and a rotation shaft 203, which are rotation support members, are integrally fixed to a frame 200 that supports a gear train that is a drive mechanism, Each rotating shaft 201-203 is provided in parallel with each other. The rotating shaft 201 is inserted through the gear member 101, the rotating shaft 202 is inserted through the gear member 102, and the rotating shaft 203 is inserted through the assembly 500 including the gear members 103 and 104. A solid 500 is rotatably supported.

駆動力の伝達経路において、駆動源に近い側にギヤ部材101配置されており、駆動源から遠い側にギヤ部材102が配置され、ギヤ部材101からギヤ部材102に、回転速度を大きくして駆動力を伝達するために、組立体500が介在されている。組立体500は、2つのギヤ部材103,104が前述のように連結されて、一体的に回転するように構成されている。ギヤ部材103はギヤ部材101と噛合し、ギヤ部材104はギヤ部材102と噛合している。この状態で、ギヤ部材101の回転が、ギヤ部材103からギヤ部材104を介して、ギヤ部材102に伝達される。   In the driving force transmission path, the gear member 101 is arranged on the side closer to the driving source, the gear member 102 is arranged on the side far from the driving source, and the gear member 101 is driven at an increased rotational speed. An assembly 500 is interposed to transmit the force. The assembly 500 is configured such that the two gear members 103 and 104 are connected as described above and rotate integrally. The gear member 103 meshes with the gear member 101, and the gear member 104 meshes with the gear member 102. In this state, the rotation of the gear member 101 is transmitted from the gear member 103 to the gear member 102 via the gear member 104.

各ギヤ部材101〜104は、フレーム200に臨む側に各凸状連結部101b〜104bを配置して、各回転軸201〜203がそれぞれ挿通され、これら回転軸201〜203にEリングなどの変位阻止部材301,302,303を各回転軸201〜203に係着して、各回転軸201〜203に対する変位を阻止し、抜け落ちることが防がれている。さらに詳しく述べると、各変位阻止部材301〜303は、各ギヤ部材101〜104の軸線方向の変位を所定量内におさえる働きを主に成し、他に各ギヤ部材101〜104の抜けも防止できる。   Each gear member 101-104 has each convex connection part 101b-104b arrange | positioned at the side which faces the frame 200, each rotating shaft 201-203 is each penetrated, and displacement, such as an E ring, is inserted in these rotating shaft 201-203. The blocking members 301, 302, and 303 are engaged with the respective rotary shafts 201 to 203 to prevent displacement with respect to the respective rotary shafts 201 to 203, thereby preventing them from falling off. More specifically, each of the displacement prevention members 301 to 303 mainly functions to keep the axial displacement of each of the gear members 101 to 104 within a predetermined amount, and also prevents the gear members 101 to 104 from coming off. it can.

なお本形態では各ギヤ部材の凸状連結部と凹状連結部とはギヤ部材の回転方向、すなわち周方向に位相が90度ずれて配置されているが、他の形態として凸状連結部と凹状連結部の回転方向の位相は一致していても良く、同様の効果を達成することができる。また以下に説明する図面も含めて、理解を容易にするために、各ギヤ部材101〜104は、特に断らない限りは、凸状連結部と凹状連結部とが同一位相に配置されていると仮定して断面を示す。   In this embodiment, the convex connection portion and the concave connection portion of each gear member are arranged with a phase shift of 90 degrees in the rotation direction of the gear member, that is, the circumferential direction. The phase in the rotation direction of the connecting portion may be the same, and the same effect can be achieved. In order to facilitate understanding, including the drawings described below, each of the gear members 101 to 104 has a convex connecting portion and a concave connecting portion arranged in the same phase unless otherwise specified. Assuming a cross section.

また凹状連結部の深さ寸法H2よりも、凸状連結部の高さ寸法H1が小さくなるように形成されているので、図4にギヤ部材103とギヤ部材104とが連結される場合を例に示すように、ギヤ部材103とギヤ部材104とは、その側面が当接してギヤ部材間に間隔が生じない。したがって組立体500の安定性が向上される。すなわち各ギヤ部材同士のがたつきが抑制される。さらにこのように、回転軸203によって各ギヤ部材101,102および組立体500を支持する場合に、回転軸のボス部201a,202a,203aの高さ寸法H3が凸状連結部の高さ寸法H1よりも大きく、かつボス部203aの外径寸法D10が凸状連結部101b〜104bの半径方向内側端の内径寸法D11より小さい場合には、ギヤ部材の凸状連結部がある側の軸線方向他側部をフレーム200に対向するようにしてギヤ部材を配置すればよい。これによってスペースを有効に利用することができる。   Further, since the height dimension H1 of the convex coupling portion is smaller than the depth dimension H2 of the concave coupling portion, an example in which the gear member 103 and the gear member 104 are coupled to each other is shown in FIG. As shown, the side surfaces of the gear member 103 and the gear member 104 are in contact with each other so that no gap is generated between the gear members. Therefore, the stability of the assembly 500 is improved. That is, rattling between the gear members is suppressed. Further, in this way, when the gear members 101, 102 and the assembly 500 are supported by the rotating shaft 203, the height dimension H3 of the boss portions 201a, 202a, 203a of the rotating shaft is the height dimension H1 of the convex coupling portion. And the outer diameter D10 of the boss 203a is smaller than the inner diameter D11 of the radially inner ends of the convex connecting portions 101b to 104b, the axial direction on the side where the convex connecting portion of the gear member is located, etc. The gear member may be disposed so that the side portion faces the frame 200. This makes it possible to use the space effectively.

また本発明に関連する第1グループの他の形態として、各駆動力伝達部品は、組立体500を例にとり、図9に示すように、回転軸203のボス部203aの外径寸法D10が凸状連結部103bの半径方向内側端の内径寸法D11より大きくなる場合には、回転軸203のボス部203aに凸状連結部103bの先端部を当接させる状態で配置してもよい。この場合には、ボス部203aの高さH3を小さくすることによって、省スペース化を図ることができる。   Further, as another form of the first group related to the present invention, each driving force transmission component takes the assembly 500 as an example, and the outer diameter D10 of the boss portion 203a of the rotating shaft 203 is convex as shown in FIG. When it becomes larger than the inner diameter dimension D11 of the radially inner end of the connecting part 103b, the tip part of the protruding connecting part 103b may be placed in contact with the boss part 203a of the rotating shaft 203. In this case, space saving can be achieved by reducing the height H3 of the boss portion 203a.

本発明に関連する第1グループのさらに他の形態として、凸状連結部103bを凹状連結部104aに嵌合して組立体501を構成する場合には、この組立体501を、図10に示すように、フレーム200に凹状連結部103aが対向するように配置してもよい。この例のようにフレームに凹状連結部101a〜104aを対向させて配置する場合に、凸状連結部101b〜104bが回転軸201〜203に近接する場合には、変位阻止部材として、ビス304を用いて各駆動力伝達部品の変位を阻止し、脱落を防止することができる。   As still another form of the first group related to the present invention, when the assembly 501 is configured by fitting the convex connection portion 103b to the concave connection portion 104a, this assembly 501 is shown in FIG. As described above, the frame 200 may be disposed so that the concave connection portion 103a faces the frame 200. In the case where the concave coupling portions 101a to 104a are arranged to face the frame as in this example, when the convex coupling portions 101b to 104b are close to the rotating shafts 201 to 203, the screws 304 are used as displacement preventing members. It can be used to prevent displacement of each driving force transmission component and prevent dropping.

変位阻止部材としてEリング301〜303などを用いる場合およびビス304を用いる場合において、これらの変位阻止部材301〜303,304を回転軸201〜203から離脱することによって、各駆動力伝達部品101,102,500;501を回転軸から取外すことが可能であり、各部品の交換が可能であり、その作業も容易である。特にEリングを用いる場合には作業性に優れている。また各組立体500,501は各ギヤ部材103,104に分解可能であり、組立体500,501全体ではなく、一方のギヤ部材103,104だけを交換することができ、経済的である。   When the E-rings 301 to 303 and the like are used as the displacement prevention members and when the screws 304 are used, the drive force transmission parts 101 and the like are separated by detaching the displacement prevention members 301 to 303 and 304 from the rotary shafts 201 to 203. 102, 500; 501 can be removed from the rotating shaft, each part can be replaced, and the operation is also easy. In particular, when an E-ring is used, the workability is excellent. Further, each assembly 500, 501 can be disassembled into each gear member 103, 104, and only one gear member 103, 104 can be replaced instead of the whole assembly 500, 501, which is economical.

次に、駆動力伝達部品が回転軸に対して変位して抜けないようにするための変位阻止部材として、ビスなどに比して簡単に着脱作業することができるEリングなどを用いることができるようにして、各駆動力伝達部品、すなわち各ギヤ部材101〜104およびこれらから成る組立体の着脱および組立ならびに分解作業の迅速化および容易化を図ることができる形態について説明する。   Next, an E-ring or the like that can be easily attached and detached as compared with a screw or the like can be used as a displacement prevention member for preventing the driving force transmission component from being displaced due to displacement with respect to the rotating shaft. Thus, a description will be given of a mode in which each drive force transmission component, that is, each of the gear members 101 to 104 and the assembly composed thereof, can be attached and detached, and the disassembly work can be speeded up and facilitated.

まず、各ギヤ部材101〜104の凸状連結部101b〜104bが軸受け孔101d〜104dからあまり離れていない配置、すなわち各凸状連結部材101b〜104bの半径方向内方側面の内径がEリングの外径よりも小さい構成であっても、各ギヤ部材101〜104が回転軸から抜けないように規制する変位阻止部材にとしてEリングなどの変位阻止部材を用いることができる形態について説明する。図11は本発明に関連する第1グループの実施の他の形態の駆動力伝達部材の連結構造が実施される組立体502を示す断面図であり、図12(1)は組立体502を構成するスペーサ部材105を示す正面図であり、図12(2)は図12(1)の切断面線E−Eから見た断面図である。   First, an arrangement in which the convex coupling portions 101b to 104b of the gear members 101 to 104 are not so far away from the bearing holes 101d to 104d, that is, the inner diameter of the radial inner side surfaces of the convex coupling members 101b to 104b is the E-ring. A configuration in which a displacement prevention member such as an E-ring can be used as a displacement prevention member that restricts the gear members 101 to 104 from being detached from the rotating shaft even if the configuration is smaller than the outer diameter. FIG. 11 is a cross-sectional view showing an assembly 502 in which a driving force transmission member connecting structure according to another embodiment of the first group related to the present invention is implemented. FIG. It is a front view which shows the spacer member 105 to perform, FIG.12 (2) is sectional drawing seen from the cut surface line EE of FIG. 12 (1).

本形態の連結構造は、スペーサ部材105を備え、Eリングである変位阻止部材303が配置される側に凸状連結部104bを位置させる場合に、その凸状連結部104bが形成されるギヤ部材104の軸線方向他側部に、スペーサ部材105が装着される。スペーサ部材105にも、各ギヤ部材101〜104の凹状連結部101a〜104aと同様の形状を有する嵌合凹部105aが形成されており、任意のギヤ部材101〜104の凸状連結部101b〜104bが嵌合可能である。スペーサ部材105の厚さ寸法H5は、各ギヤ部材101〜104の凸状連結部101b〜104bの高さ寸法H1以上、本形態では若干大きく選ばれている。   The connection structure of this embodiment includes a spacer member 105, and when the convex connection portion 104b is positioned on the side where the displacement prevention member 303 that is an E-ring is disposed, the gear member in which the convex connection portion 104b is formed. A spacer member 105 is mounted on the other axial side portion of 104. The spacer member 105 is also formed with a fitting recess 105a having the same shape as the concave coupling portions 101a to 104a of the gear members 101 to 104, and the convex coupling portions 101b to 104b of the arbitrary gear members 101 to 104. Can be fitted. The thickness dimension H5 of the spacer member 105 is selected to be slightly larger than the height dimension H1 of the convex coupling portions 101b to 104b of the gear members 101 to 104, in this embodiment.

このスペーサ部材105は、ギヤ部材104の凸状連結部104bの高さ寸法H1以上の深さ寸法H4を有する嵌合凹部105aが形成されるとともに、各ギヤ部材101〜104と同様の軸受け孔105cが形成されている。嵌合凹部105aは、厚み方向に貫通し、凸状連結部104bと同一の配置位置に形成されている。   The spacer member 105 is formed with a fitting recess 105a having a depth dimension H4 equal to or higher than the height dimension H1 of the convex coupling part 104b of the gear member 104, and a bearing hole 105c similar to each gear member 101 to 104. Is formed. The fitting concave portion 105a penetrates in the thickness direction and is formed at the same arrangement position as the convex connecting portion 104b.

スペーサ部材105は、その嵌合凹部105aに、ギヤ部材104の凸状連結部104bが嵌合される状態で、ギヤ部材104の他側部に凸状連結部を除く残余の領域で当接し、装着される。これによって、変位阻止部材の装着およびその作業のための領域Sを、変位阻止部材に各ギヤ部材101〜104の軸線方向一側部が臨む場合と同様に確保することができる。すなわち、変位阻止部材の最外径D12が各ギヤ部材、たとえばギヤ部材103の凸状連結部103bの内径よりも大きい場合であっても、変位阻止部材として同一種類のEリングから成る部材303を用いることができる。   The spacer member 105 abuts on the other region of the gear member 104 in the remaining region excluding the convex coupling portion in a state where the convex coupling portion 104b of the gear member 104 is fitted into the fitting concave portion 105a. Installed. Thereby, the region S for mounting the displacement prevention member and its work can be secured in the same manner as when the axial direction one side of each of the gear members 101 to 104 faces the displacement prevention member. That is, even when the outermost diameter D12 of the displacement prevention member is larger than the inner diameter of each gear member, for example, the convex connecting portion 103b of the gear member 103, the member 303 made of the same type of E-ring is used as the displacement prevention member. Can be used.

本発明に関連する第1グループの他の形態として、スペーサ部材105の嵌合凹部105aは、本形態のように厚み方向に貫通する孔ではなく、有底の窪みであっても良く、同様の効果が達成される。   As another form of the first group related to the present invention, the fitting recess 105a of the spacer member 105 may not be a hole penetrating in the thickness direction as in this form, but may be a bottomed depression. The effect is achieved.

図13は本発明に関連する第1グループの実施の他の形態の駆動力伝達部材の連結構造が実施される組立体503を示す断面図であり、図14(1)は組立体503を構成するスペーサ部材120を示す正面図であり、図14(2)は図14(1)の切断面線F−Fから見た断面図である。スペーサ部材は、各ギヤ部材101〜104の凸状連結部101b〜104bを除く領域で軸線方向他側部に当接させて、この状態で凸状連結部101b〜104bを避けて、凸状連結部101b〜104bよりも軸線方向に突出する部材であればよい。たとえば、スペーサ部材120とし、同様の軸受け孔120cが形成される円筒状に構成してもよい。このスペーサ部材120は、回転軸203とギヤ部材104の凸状連結部104bとの間の領域に配置される。このようなスペーサ部材120も、前述のスペーサ部材105と同様の効果を達成することができる。またこのスペーサ部材120は、スペーサ部材105に比べて、構成が簡単であり、製造が容易である。   FIG. 13 is a cross-sectional view showing an assembly 503 in which a driving force transmission member coupling structure according to another embodiment of the first group related to the present invention is implemented. FIG. 14 (1) shows the assembly 503. It is a front view which shows the spacer member 120 to perform, FIG.14 (2) is sectional drawing seen from the cut surface line FF of Fig.14 (1). The spacer member is brought into contact with the other side portion in the axial direction in the region excluding the convex coupling portions 101b to 104b of the gear members 101 to 104, and in this state, the convex coupling portions 101b to 104b are avoided and convex coupling is achieved. What is necessary is just a member which protrudes in an axial direction rather than the parts 101b-104b. For example, the spacer member 120 may be configured in a cylindrical shape in which a similar bearing hole 120c is formed. The spacer member 120 is disposed in a region between the rotating shaft 203 and the convex coupling portion 104b of the gear member 104. Such a spacer member 120 can also achieve the same effect as the spacer member 105 described above. In addition, the spacer member 120 has a simpler configuration and is easier to manufacture than the spacer member 105.

次に、各ギヤ部材101〜104の凸状連結部101b〜104bを軸受け孔101d〜104dから大きく離して配置、すなわち各凸状連結部材101b〜104bの半径方向内方側面の内径がEリングの外径よりも大きい構成とすることによって、各ギヤ部材101〜104が回転軸から抜けないように規制する変位阻止部材にとしてEリングなどの変位阻止部材を用いることができる形態について説明する。図15は本発明に関連する第1グループの実施のさらに他の形態の連結構造が実施される組立体504を示す断面図であり、図16は図15の上側から見た平面図である。図11〜図14を参照して上述した形態では、回転軸203の軸方向長さが長くなるので、設計上、これを避けたい場合に、本形態の連結構造が好適に実施される。本形態では、上述の形態と対応する部分に同一の参照符号を付し、異なる構成についてだけ説明する。   Next, the convex connecting portions 101b to 104b of the gear members 101 to 104 are arranged far away from the bearing holes 101d to 104d, that is, the inner diameters of the radially inner side surfaces of the convex connecting members 101b to 104b are E-rings. A configuration in which a displacement blocking member such as an E-ring can be used as a displacement blocking member that restricts the gear members 101 to 104 from being detached from the rotating shaft by using a configuration larger than the outer diameter will be described. FIG. 15 is a sectional view showing an assembly 504 in which a connection structure of still another embodiment of the first group related to the present invention is implemented, and FIG. 16 is a plan view seen from the upper side of FIG. In the embodiment described above with reference to FIGS. 11 to 14, the axial length of the rotating shaft 203 becomes long. Therefore, when it is desired to avoid this in design, the connection structure of this embodiment is suitably implemented. In this embodiment, the same reference numerals are assigned to portions corresponding to the above-described embodiments, and only different configurations will be described.

本形態では、駆動力伝達部材である各ギヤ部材101〜104は、凸状連結部101b〜104b、および凹状連結部101a〜104aが形成される位置が、軸受け孔101c〜104cから大きく半径方向外方に離れている。これによって、変位阻止部材301〜303の装着領域および装着ならびに除去作業に必要な作業領域Sが確保されている。したがって、図11〜図14と同様に、Eリングなどの変位阻止部材301〜303を用いて、駆動力伝達部品の着脱、ならびに組立体の組立および分解の迅速化および容易化を図り、変位阻止部材の種類の統一を計ることができる。また回転軸の軸線方向長さを短くすることができる。   In this embodiment, each of the gear members 101 to 104 that are driving force transmission members has a position where the convex coupling portions 101b to 104b and the concave coupling portions 101a to 104a are formed at a position radially outside the bearing holes 101c to 104c. Are far away. As a result, a mounting area for the displacement prevention members 301 to 303 and a work area S necessary for mounting and removing work are secured. Accordingly, similarly to FIGS. 11 to 14, the displacement prevention members 301 to 303 such as the E-ring are used to speed up and facilitate the attachment and detachment of the driving force transmission component and the assembly and disassembly of the assembly. It is possible to unify the types of members. Moreover, the axial direction length of a rotating shaft can be shortened.

また他の構成によって、各ギヤ部材101〜104の各凸状連結部101a〜104dが組立体の軸線方向に突出しない構成として、組立体の軸線方向の厚みを小さくする形態について、以下に説明する。図17は本発明に関連する第1グループの実施のさらに他の形態の組立体505を示す断面図である。図18(1)は組立体505を構成するギヤ部材103を示す正面図であり、図18(2)は図18(1)の切断面線G−Gから見たギヤ部材103の断面図であり、図18(3)は図18(1)の切断面線H−Hから見たギヤ部材103の断面図であり、図18(4)はギヤ部材103の背面図である。図19(1)は組立体505を構成するギヤ部材104を示す正面図であり、図19(2)は図19(1)の切断面線I−Iから見たギヤ部材104の断面図であり、図19(3)は図19(1)の切断面線J−Jから見たギヤ部材104の断面図であり、図19(4)はギヤ部材104の背面図である。図17には、ギヤ部材103の凸状連結部103bとギヤ部材104の凸状連結部104b側の凹状連結部104eとの連結を示す断面と、ギヤ部材103の凸状連結部103b側の凹状連結部103eとギヤ部材104の凸状連結部104bとの連結を示す断面とを、回転軸203の左側および右側に、同時に示している。上述の形態と対応する部分には同一の参照符号を付し、異なる構成についてだけ説明する。   Moreover, the form which makes thickness of the axial direction of an assembly small is demonstrated below as a structure which each convex-shaped connection part 101a-104d of each gear member 101-104 does not protrude in the axial direction of an assembly by another structure. . FIG. 17 is a sectional view showing an assembly 505 of still another embodiment of the first group related to the present invention. 18 (1) is a front view showing the gear member 103 constituting the assembly 505, and FIG. 18 (2) is a cross-sectional view of the gear member 103 as seen from the section line GG of FIG. 18 (1). 18 (3) is a cross-sectional view of the gear member 103 as viewed from the cutting plane line HH in FIG. 18 (1), and FIG. 18 (4) is a rear view of the gear member 103. 19 (1) is a front view showing the gear member 104 constituting the assembly 505, and FIG. 19 (2) is a cross-sectional view of the gear member 104 as seen from the section line II in FIG. 19 (1). FIG. 19 (3) is a cross-sectional view of the gear member 104 viewed from the section line JJ in FIG. 19 (1), and FIG. 19 (4) is a rear view of the gear member 104. FIG. 17 shows a cross section showing the connection between the convex connecting portion 103b of the gear member 103 and the concave connecting portion 104e on the convex connecting portion 104b side of the gear member 104, and the concave shape of the gear member 103 on the convex connecting portion 103b side. A cross section showing the connection between the connecting portion 103e and the convex connecting portion 104b of the gear member 104 is shown on the left and right sides of the rotating shaft 203 at the same time. Portions corresponding to the above-described embodiment are assigned the same reference numerals, and only different configurations will be described.

この形態で、各ギヤ部材101〜104(ギヤ部材101,102は図示せず)凸状連結部101b〜104bが組立体の端面側に位置しない例を説明する。各ギヤ部材101〜104の凸状連結部101b〜104bが形成される軸線方向他側部には、加えて凹状連結部101e〜104eが形成される。この形態において、各凸状連結部101b〜104bと、軸線方向一側部に形成される凹状連結部101a〜104aと、軸線方向他側部に形成される凹状連結部101e〜104eとは、周方向に60度ずつ位相がずれてそれぞれ形成されている。   In this embodiment, an example will be described in which the gear members 101 to 104 (the gear members 101 and 102 are not shown) and the convex connecting portions 101b to 104b are not located on the end face side of the assembly. In addition, concave connection portions 101e to 104e are formed on the other side in the axial direction where the convex connection portions 101b to 104b of the gear members 101 to 104 are formed. In this embodiment, the convex connection portions 101b to 104b, the concave connection portions 101a to 104a formed on one side in the axial direction, and the concave connection portions 101e to 104e formed on the other side in the axial direction are The phase is shifted by 60 degrees in the direction.

本形態の構成に従えば、2つのギヤ部材103,104を連結する場合には、凸状連結部103b,104bと凹状連結部103e,104eとの両方を設けた軸線方向他側部同士を対向させて、各ギヤ部材103,104を連結する。これによって、組立体505の軸線方向両側部から各凸状連結部103b,104bのいずれも突出しない構成とすることができる。これによって、各凸状連結部103b,104bが軸受け孔103c,104cから離れていない構成であっても、前述と同様にEリングなどの変位阻止部材301〜303を用いて、組立と分解の迅速性、変位阻止部材の種類の統―を計ることができる。また変位阻止部材の統一によって、変位阻止部材の着脱工具の種類を少なくできる。   According to the configuration of this embodiment, when two gear members 103 and 104 are connected, the other axial side portions provided with both the convex connection portions 103b and 104b and the concave connection portions 103e and 104e are opposed to each other. Thus, the gear members 103 and 104 are connected. Thereby, it can be set as the structure which neither convex connection part 103b, 104b protrudes from the axial direction both sides part of the assembly 505. FIG. As a result, even if the convex connecting portions 103b and 104b are not separated from the bearing holes 103c and 104c, the assembly and disassembly can be quickly performed using the displacement blocking members 301 to 303 such as the E-ring as described above. It is possible to measure the characteristics and types of displacement prevention members. Further, by unifying the displacement prevention member, the number of types of tools for attaching and detaching the displacement prevention member can be reduced.

図20(1)は本発明に関連する第1グループの実施のさらに他の形態の連結構造のギヤ部材103を示す正面図であり、図20(2)は図20(1)の切断面線K−Kから見たギヤ部材103の断面図であり、図20(3)はギヤ部材103の背面図である。本形態では、ギヤ部材103を例に挙げて、対応する部分に同一の参照符号を付し、上述の形態と異なる部分だけ説明するけれども、他のギヤ部材101,102,104についても同様に構成される。   FIG. 20 (1) is a front view showing a gear member 103 of a connection structure of still another embodiment of the first group related to the present invention, and FIG. 20 (2) is a sectional line of FIG. 20 (1). 20 is a cross-sectional view of the gear member 103 as viewed from KK, and FIG. 20 (3) is a rear view of the gear member 103. FIG. In the present embodiment, the gear member 103 is taken as an example, the same reference numerals are assigned to the corresponding portions, and only the portions different from the above-described embodiments will be described, but the other gear members 101, 102, and 104 are similarly configured. Is done.

本形態では、図1〜図16に示す形態と同様に、各ギヤ部材101〜104の各凹状連結部101a〜104aと各凸状連結部101b〜104bとが、周方向に90度ずつ位相がずれて形成され、さらに各凹状連結部101a〜104aは軸線方向に貫通して形成される。これによって、厚み方向に貫通する各凹状連結部101a〜104aが、各凸状連結部101b〜104bが形成される側部に形成さる凹状連結部としても機能する。このような構成にしても、同様の効果を達成することができる。さらに軸線方向両側部に個別に凹状連結部を形成する構成と比較して、製造が容易である。   In this embodiment, similarly to the embodiments shown in FIGS. 1 to 16, the concave coupling portions 101a to 104a and the convex coupling portions 101b to 104b of the gear members 101 to 104 have a phase of 90 degrees in the circumferential direction. The concave connection portions 101a to 104a are formed so as to penetrate in the axial direction. Thereby, each concave connection part 101a-104a penetrated in the thickness direction functions also as a concave connection part formed in the side part in which each convex connection part 101b-104b is formed. Even if it is such a structure, the same effect can be achieved. Furthermore, manufacture is easy compared with the structure which forms a concave connection part in an axial direction both sides separately.

次に組立体を構成するギヤ部材の軸線方向の位置関係を設定する構成について、図21〜図26によって説明する。図21は本発明に関連する第1グループの実施のさらに他の形態の駆動力伝達部材の連結構造が実施される組立体506を示す断面図であり、図22(1)は組立体506を構成する間隔設定部材106を示す正面図であり、図22(2)は図22(1)の切断面線L−Lから見た断面図である。   Next, the structure which sets the positional relationship of the axial direction of the gear member which comprises an assembly is demonstrated using FIGS. 21-26. FIG. 21 is a cross-sectional view showing an assembly 506 in which a driving force transmission member connecting structure according to still another embodiment of the first group related to the present invention is implemented, and FIG. It is a front view which shows the space | interval setting member 106 to comprise, FIG.22 (2) is sectional drawing seen from the cut surface line LL of Fig.22 (1).

たとえば、ギヤ部材103の歯部103に対するギヤ部材104の歯部104dの位置が、上述の形態と比較して、軸線方向に移動する構成、つまり、ギヤ部材103とギヤ部材104とが一体的に回転可能であり、かつ各歯部103d,104dが相互に離れている構成は、設計上必要になる。このような場合には、ギヤ部材103の凹状連結部103aに嵌入可能であり、離間したい距離に対応して厚みが決定される間隔設定部材106を用いる。   For example, the configuration in which the position of the tooth portion 104d of the gear member 104 relative to the tooth portion 103 of the gear member 103 moves in the axial direction as compared with the above-described form, that is, the gear member 103 and the gear member 104 are integrated. A configuration in which the teeth can be rotated and the tooth portions 103d and 104d are separated from each other is necessary in design. In such a case, an interval setting member 106 that can be fitted into the concave connecting portion 103a of the gear member 103 and whose thickness is determined in accordance with the distance to be separated is used.

間隔設定部材106は、ギヤ部材104の凹状連結部104aに嵌入させて、いわば凹状連結部104aを底上げし、ギヤ部材103の凸状連結部103bを間隔設定部材106に当接させて、各ギヤ部材103,104を間隔をあけて配置する。このとき、間隔設定部材106の厚みH5は、凹状連結部104aの深さ寸法H2よりも小さく選ばれ、ギヤ部材103の凸状連結部103bは、ギヤ部材104の凹状連結部104aに嵌合して連結しており、各ギヤ部材103,104は一体的に回転することができる。   The interval setting member 106 is fitted into the concave coupling portion 104a of the gear member 104, so to speak, the concave coupling portion 104a is raised, and the convex coupling portion 103b of the gear member 103 is brought into contact with the interval setting member 106, so that each gear is engaged. The members 103 and 104 are arranged at intervals. At this time, the thickness H5 of the gap setting member 106 is selected to be smaller than the depth dimension H2 of the concave coupling portion 104a, and the convex coupling portion 103b of the gear member 103 is fitted to the concave coupling portion 104a of the gear member 104. The gear members 103 and 104 can rotate integrally.

間隔設定部材106の厚み方向に垂直な断面の形状を、凹状連結部104aの軸線に垂直な断面の形状とほぼ同じにし、かつわずかに大きくして、間隔設定部材106を凹状連結部104aに締まりばめの状態で嵌入し、凹状連結部104aから脱落しないようにし、作業性を向上するようにしてもよい。   The shape of the cross section perpendicular to the thickness direction of the interval setting member 106 is made substantially the same as the shape of the cross section perpendicular to the axis of the concave connecting portion 104a and slightly larger, and the interval setting member 106 is fastened to the concave connecting portion 104a. It may be fitted in a fitted state so as not to drop off from the concave connecting portion 104a, and workability may be improved.

図23は本発明に関連する第1グループの実施のさらに他の形態の駆動力伝達部材の連結構造が実施される組立体507を示す断面図であり、図24(1)は組立体507を構成する間隔設定部材130を示す正面図であり、図24(2)は図24(1)の切断面線M−Mから見た断面図である。図21および図22を参照して説明した形態では、間隔設定部材130が小さく作業時に扱いにくく、また凹状連結部の数だけ作業数が必要になるので、より作業を間単にするために、本形態の間隔設定部材が実施される。問隔設定部材130に、回転軸203が挿通するための軸受け孔130cと、ギヤ部材103の凸状連結部103bが挿通するための挿通孔130aが形成される。間隔設定部材130が半径方向にずれて各ギヤ部材103,104の回転の伝達に支障を来さないように、軸受け孔130cの内径寸法は、回転軸203の外径より大きく、たとえば若干大きく選ばれている。   FIG. 23 is a cross-sectional view showing an assembly 507 in which a connecting structure of driving force transmission members according to still another embodiment of the first group related to the present invention is implemented. FIG. 24 (1) shows the assembly 507. It is a front view which shows the space | interval setting member 130 to comprise, FIG.24 (2) is sectional drawing seen from the cut surface line MM of FIG. 24 (1). In the form described with reference to FIG. 21 and FIG. 22, the interval setting member 130 is small and difficult to handle at the time of work, and the number of work is required by the number of concave connecting portions. A form-setting interval setting member is implemented. A bearing hole 130c through which the rotary shaft 203 is inserted and an insertion hole 130a through which the convex coupling portion 103b of the gear member 103 is inserted are formed in the inquiry setting member 130. The inner diameter dimension of the bearing hole 130c is larger than the outer diameter of the rotating shaft 203, for example, slightly larger so that the gap setting member 130 is not displaced in the radial direction and hinders the transmission of the rotation of the gear members 103 and 104. It is.

この間隔設定部材130は、凸状連結部103bが挿通孔130aを挿通し、さらにギヤ部材104の凹状連結部104aに嵌合するように配置される。これによって、各ギヤ部材103,104の軸線方向における相互位置の設定が行えるとともに、組立作業の簡単化が計れる。   The interval setting member 130 is arranged such that the convex coupling portion 103 b is inserted through the insertion hole 130 a and is fitted into the concave coupling portion 104 a of the gear member 104. As a result, the mutual positions of the gear members 103 and 104 in the axial direction can be set, and the assembling work can be simplified.

図25は本発明に関連する第1グループの実施のさらに他の形態の駆動力伝達部材の連結構造が実施される組立体508を示す断面図であり、図26(1)は組立体508を構成する間隔設定部材131を示す正面図であり、図26(2)は図26(1)の切断面線N−Nから見た断面図である。本形態は、図23および図24に示す形態と同様の効果を達成できる形態である。本形態の間隔設定部材131は、回転軸203が挿通可能な軸受け孔131cが形成された円環状の部材である。問隔設定部材130の外径寸法は、ギヤ部材103の凸状連結部103bの半径方向内方端の内径より小さく選ばれている。この間隔設定部材131は、各ギヤ部材103,104介在され、この状態で、凸状連結部103bが凹状連結部104aに嵌合する。この形態では、上述の効果に加えて、間隔設定部材131の構成が簡単であり、製造が容易になる。   FIG. 25 is a cross-sectional view showing an assembly 508 in which a driving force transmission member coupling structure according to still another embodiment of the first group related to the present invention is implemented. FIG. 26 (1) shows the assembly 508. It is a front view which shows the space | interval setting member 131 to comprise, FIG.26 (2) is sectional drawing seen from the cut surface line NN of FIG.26 (1). In this embodiment, the same effects as those shown in FIGS. 23 and 24 can be achieved. The interval setting member 131 of this embodiment is an annular member in which a bearing hole 131c into which the rotating shaft 203 can be inserted is formed. The outer diameter dimension of the inquiry setting member 130 is selected to be smaller than the inner diameter at the radially inner end of the convex connecting portion 103 b of the gear member 103. The gap setting member 131 is interposed between the gear members 103 and 104. In this state, the convex connection portion 103b is fitted into the concave connection portion 104a. In this embodiment, in addition to the above-described effects, the configuration of the interval setting member 131 is simple, and the manufacture becomes easy.

図21〜図26に示す形態では、各ギヤ部材103,104の間隔を設定する例を挙げて説明したけれども、他のギヤ部材101,102を用いる場合であっても同様に実施可能である。   Although the embodiment shown in FIGS. 21 to 26 has been described with reference to an example in which the interval between the gear members 103 and 104 is set, the present invention can be similarly implemented even when other gear members 101 and 102 are used.

図21〜図26に示す形態では、各ギヤ部材101〜104間の間隔設定量が各ギヤ部材101〜104の凹状連結部101a〜104aの深さ寸法H2を越える場合には適用できないが、以下に、このような場合であっても設定可能な構成について図27〜図30を参照して説明する。図27は本発明に関連する第1グループの実施のさらに他の形態の組立体509を示す断面図である。図28(1)は組立体509を構成する間隔設定部材132を示す正面図であり、図28(2)は図28(1)の切断面線P−Pから見た断面図であり、図28(3)は間隔設定部材132の背面図である。上述の形態と対応する部分には同一の参照符号を付し、異なる部分だけ説明する。   The configurations shown in FIGS. 21 to 26 are not applicable when the distance setting amount between the gear members 101 to 104 exceeds the depth dimension H2 of the concave coupling portions 101a to 104a of the gear members 101 to 104. In addition, a configuration that can be set even in such a case will be described with reference to FIGS. FIG. 27 is a sectional view showing an assembly 509 of still another embodiment of the first group related to the present invention. 28 (1) is a front view showing the interval setting member 132 constituting the assembly 509, and FIG. 28 (2) is a cross-sectional view taken along the cutting plane line PP in FIG. 28 (1). 28 (3) is a rear view of the interval setting member 132. Parts corresponding to those in the above embodiment are given the same reference numerals, and only different parts will be described.

間隔設定部材132は、軸線方向一側部に各ギヤ部材101〜104の凸状連結部101b〜104bが嵌合可能な凹状連結部132aと、軸線方向他側部に各ギヤ部材101〜104の凹状連結部101a〜104aに嵌合可能な凸状連結部132bが形成されている。また凸状連結部132bを除く軸線方向の厚みH7が、各ギヤ部材101〜104間の間隔設定量となるので、この厚みH7が適宜選ばれる。間隅設定部材132の凸状連結部132bをギヤ部材104の凹状連結部104aに嵌合し、ギヤ部材103の凸状連結部103bを間隔設定部材132の凹状連結部132aに嵌合して、この間隔設定部材132は、各ギヤ部材103,104間に介在される。   The interval setting member 132 includes a concave connection portion 132a in which the convex connection portions 101b to 104b of the gear members 101 to 104 can be fitted on one side in the axial direction, and the gear members 101 to 104 on the other side in the axial direction. A convex coupling portion 132b that can be fitted into the concave coupling portions 101a to 104a is formed. Moreover, since the thickness H7 in the axial direction excluding the convex connecting portion 132b is a set distance between the gear members 101 to 104, the thickness H7 is appropriately selected. The convex connection part 132b of the intermediate corner setting member 132 is fitted to the concave connection part 104a of the gear member 104, the convex connection part 103b of the gear member 103 is fitted to the concave connection part 132a of the interval setting member 132, The interval setting member 132 is interposed between the gear members 103 and 104.

これによって各ギヤ部材103,104を一体的に回転可能に連結し、かつ各ギヤ部材103,104間に前記厚みH7に相当する間隔をあけることができる。このような間隔設定部材132は、各ギヤ部材103,104を一体的に回転可能に連結するにあたって、前記厚みH7が制限を受けないので、各ギヤ部材103,104間の間隔を大きくしたい場合に好適に実施することができる。   As a result, the gear members 103 and 104 can be integrally connected so as to be rotatable, and an interval corresponding to the thickness H7 can be provided between the gear members 103 and 104. Since the thickness H7 is not limited in connecting the gear members 103 and 104 so that the gear members 103 and 104 can be integrally rotated, the gap setting member 132 is used when the gap between the gear members 103 and 104 is to be increased. It can implement suitably.

図29は、本発明に関連する第1グループの実施のさらに他の形態の組立体510を示す断面図である。図30(1)は組立体510を構成する間隔設定部材132を示す正面図であり、図30(2)は図31(1)の切断面線Q−Qから見た断面図であり、図30(3)は間隔設定部材133の背面図である。上述の形態と対応する部分には同一の参照符号を付し、異なる部分だけ説明する。図21〜図28に示す形態では、凸状連結部が組立体の軸線方向に突出するのに対して、本形態ではこの不具合を防止することができる。   FIG. 29 is a sectional view showing an assembly 510 of still another embodiment of the first group related to the present invention. 30 (1) is a front view showing the interval setting member 132 constituting the assembly 510, and FIG. 30 (2) is a cross-sectional view taken along the cutting plane line QQ in FIG. 31 (1). 30 (3) is a rear view of the interval setting member 133. Parts corresponding to those in the above embodiment are given the same reference numerals, and only different parts will be described. In the form shown in FIGS. 21 to 28, the convex connection portion protrudes in the axial direction of the assembly, whereas this problem can be prevented in this form.

本形態の間隔設定部材133の軸線方向両側部には、各ギヤ部材101〜10b〜104bが嵌合可能な凹状連結部133a,133eが形成される。またこの間隔設定部材133は、その厚みH8が間隔設定量となるので、適宜選択される。各ギヤ部材103,104の凸状連結部103b,104bが、間隔設定部材133の各凹状連結部133a,133eに嵌合される状態で、間隔設定部材133は、各ギヤ部材103,104間に介在される。これによって、組立体510の軸線方向両側部から凸状連結部が突出することがないので、組立作業および分解作業の迅速性や変位阻止部材の種類の統一を図ることができる。また、組立体510の軸線方向長さが短くなり、回転軸が不要に長くなることも防止できる。   Concave connecting portions 133a and 133e into which the gear members 101 to 10b to 104b can be fitted are formed on both sides in the axial direction of the interval setting member 133 of this embodiment. The interval setting member 133 is appropriately selected because its thickness H8 is the interval setting amount. In a state where the convex connection portions 103b and 104b of the gear members 103 and 104 are fitted to the concave connection portions 133a and 133e of the interval setting member 133, the interval setting member 133 is interposed between the gear members 103 and 104. Intervened. As a result, since the convex connecting portions do not protrude from the both sides in the axial direction of the assembly 510, it is possible to speed up the assembling work and the disassembling work and unify the types of the displacement preventing members. Further, the axial length of the assembly 510 is shortened, and it is possible to prevent the rotating shaft from becoming unnecessarily long.

また軸線方向一側部の凹状連結部132aと、軸線方向他側部の凹状連結部132eとを、周方向に位相をずらして形成することによって、軸線方向両側部の凹状連結部132a,132eの深さ寸法を足した寸法が、間隔設定部材132の厚さ寸法よりも大きい場合に、各凹状連結部132a,132eが連通してしまい、各凹状連結部132a,132eに各ギヤ部材103,104の各凸状連結部103b,104bを嵌合したときに、各凸状連結部103b,104bが相互に当接し、これによって所望の間隔設定量よりも大きな設定量の間隔が生じてしまうことを防止することができる。   Further, by forming the concave coupling portion 132a on one side in the axial direction and the concave coupling portion 132e on the other side in the axial direction by shifting the phase in the circumferential direction, the concave coupling portions 132a and 132e on both sides in the axial direction are formed. When the dimension obtained by adding the depth dimension is larger than the thickness dimension of the interval setting member 132, the concave connection portions 132a and 132e communicate with each other, and the gear members 103 and 104 are connected to the concave connection portions 132a and 132e. When the convex connection parts 103b and 104b are fitted, the convex connection parts 103b and 104b come into contact with each other, and this causes a set amount interval larger than the desired interval set amount. Can be prevented.

図27〜図30を参照して説明した形態では、単一の間隔設定部材132または間隔設定部材133を用いてその厚みによって、各ギヤ部材103,104間の間隔を設定しているので、設定量が異なる組立体の数と同一の数だけ、厚みの異なる間隔設定部材を準備する必要がある。この不具合を解消して、細かな設定を可能とし、かつ多段的に設定可能としたうえで、加えて間隔設定部材の種類を低減することができる形態について、図31〜図38をそれぞれ参照して以下に説明する。   In the embodiment described with reference to FIGS. 27 to 30, the interval between the gear members 103 and 104 is set by the thickness of the single interval setting member 132 or the interval setting member 133. It is necessary to prepare gap setting members having different thicknesses by the same number as the number of assemblies having different amounts. Refer to FIG. 31 to FIG. 38 for the modes in which this problem can be solved, fine settings can be made and multi-stage settings can be made, and the types of interval setting members can be reduced. Will be described below.

図31は本発明に関連する第1グループのさらに他の形態の組立体511を示す断面図であり、図32は厚さ寸法H8の異なる複数の間隔設定部材133を示す断面図である。本形態では、各ギヤ部材103,104の相互位置間隔を設定する間隔設定部材を2系統準備する。1系統目は、各ギヤ部材103,104間の相互位置間隔を粗く設定するための粗間隔設定部材として、図30に示す間隔設定部材133を準備し、2系統目は、各ギヤ部材103,104間の相互位置間隔を細かく設定するための微間隔設定部材として、図22に示す間隔設定部材106と準備する。   FIG. 31 is a sectional view showing an assembly 511 of still another form of the first group related to the present invention, and FIG. 32 is a sectional view showing a plurality of interval setting members 133 having different thickness dimensions H8. In this embodiment, two systems of interval setting members for setting the mutual position interval between the gear members 103 and 104 are prepared. In the first system, an interval setting member 133 shown in FIG. 30 is prepared as a coarse interval setting member for setting the mutual position interval between the gear members 103 and 104 roughly. In the second system, each gear member 103, As a fine interval setting member for finely setting the mutual position interval between the 104, an interval setting member 106 shown in FIG. 22 is prepared.

粗間隔設定部材133は、軸線方向両側部の凹状連結部133a、133eの深さ寸法を足した寸法が、間隔設定部材133の厚さ寸法よりも大きい場合に、各凹状連結部133a,133eを、周方向に位相をずらして形成し、各凹状連結部133a,133eが連通しないように、それぞれ有底に形成する。また微間隔設定部材106は、粗間隔設定部材133の凹状連結部の深さ寸法よりも小さい厚さ寸法の平板に形成するとともに、粗間隔設定部材133の軸線Oに垂直な断面における各凹状連結部133a,133eの内面の形状よりわずかに小さい相似形の外形を有する形状に形成する。これによって微間隔設定部材106は、粗間隔設定部材133の凹状連結部133a,133eに、1または複数積重して底部に当接させて嵌合可能である。特に微間隔設定部材106の厚みは、小さいほど設定量の多段化が可能であり、各凹状連結部133a,133eに複数枚積重して嵌合可能とすることが好ましい。   When the dimension obtained by adding the depth dimensions of the concave connecting portions 133a and 133e on both sides in the axial direction is larger than the thickness dimension of the interval setting member 133, the coarse interval setting member 133 is provided with the concave connecting portions 133a and 133e. , The phase is shifted in the circumferential direction, and each of the concave connecting portions 133a and 133e is formed with a bottom so as not to communicate with each other. The fine interval setting member 106 is formed as a flat plate having a thickness smaller than the depth of the concave connection portion of the coarse interval setting member 133, and each concave connection in the cross section perpendicular to the axis O of the coarse interval setting member 133. The parts 133a and 133e are formed to have a shape having a similar outer shape slightly smaller than the shape of the inner surface. As a result, the fine interval setting member 106 can be fitted to the concave connection portions 133a and 133e of the coarse interval setting member 133 by stacking one or a plurality thereof and contacting the bottom portion. In particular, the smaller the thickness of the fine interval setting member 106, the larger the set amount can be made, and it is preferable that a plurality of concave connecting portions 133a and 133e can be stacked and fitted.

これらの粗間隔設定部材133と微間隔設定部材106とを選択的に組合わせて用い、図31に示す例のように粗間隔設定部材133の軸線方向一側部の凹状連結部133aにギヤ部材103の凸状連結部103bを嵌合するとともに、軸線方向他側部の凹状連結部133eに2枚ずつ微間隔設定部材106を嵌合して、この状態でギヤ部材104の凸状連結部104bが嵌合される。これによって、各ギヤ部材103,104間に、粗間隔設定部材133の厚さ寸法と、微間隔設定部材106の厚さ寸法の2倍とを併せて間隔を明けることができる。   The coarse interval setting member 133 and the fine interval setting member 106 are selectively used in combination, and a gear member is connected to the concave connecting portion 133a on one side in the axial direction of the coarse interval setting member 133 as in the example shown in FIG. The convex connection portion 103b of the gear member 104 is fitted into the concave connection portion 133e of the gear member 104 in this state. Are fitted. As a result, the gap between the gear members 103 and 104 can be increased by combining the thickness dimension of the coarse spacing setting member 133 and twice the thickness dimension of the fine spacing setting member 106.

この例と同様にして粗間隔設定部材133と、微間隔設定部材106との2系統の間隔設定部材を組合わせることによって、系統数以上、すなわち3以上の多段で、微間隔設定部材106の厚さ寸法毎に、各ギヤ部材103,104間の間隔を設定することができる。たとえば、図31の例と同様に、軸線方向他側部の凹状連結部133eに2枚ずつ微間隔設定部材106を嵌合するとともに、加えて粗間隔設定部材133の軸線方向一側部の凹状連結部133aに微間隔設定部材106を1枚嵌合するようにしてもよい。粗間隔設定部材133の各凹状連結部133a,133eには、微間隔設定部材106を、適宜枚数を選択して嵌合することができる。   In the same manner as in this example, by combining the two interval setting members of the coarse interval setting member 133 and the fine interval setting member 106, the thickness of the fine interval setting member 106 is more than the number of systems, that is, three or more stages. The space | interval between each gear member 103,104 can be set for every thickness. For example, as in the example of FIG. 31, the fine interval setting member 106 is fitted to the concave connecting portion 133e on the other side in the axial direction, and the concave shape on one side in the axial direction of the coarse interval setting member 133 is added. One fine interval setting member 106 may be fitted to the connecting portion 133a. The fine interval setting member 106 can be fitted to each of the concave connecting portions 133a and 133e of the coarse interval setting member 133 by selecting an appropriate number.

さらに粗間隔設定部材133の各凹状連結部133a,133eには、各ギヤ部材103,104の各凸状連結部103b,104bとの係合が可能な下限係合深さを残して、嵌合される。すなわち、各ギヤ部材103,104の凸状連結部103b,104bと、粗間隔設定部材133の各凹状連結部133a,133eの形状状態が、伝達される駆動力を受け、または各ギヤ部材103,104が、回転軸203のボス部203aと抜け防止部林303との間でがたつくことによって、解除されることを確実に防ぐことができる下限係合深さを残した状態で、複数枚の徴間隔設定部材106が積重されて嵌合される。ここで、下限係合深さは、各ギヤ部材103,104の凸状連結部103b,104bと粗間隔設定部材133の凹状連結部133a,133eとが係合するのに必要な最低限度の深さであり、軸線方向のクリアランスや伝達する駆動力に対して最低限必要な力を考慮して設定した値である。これに基づいて、微間隔設定部材106の厚みは、各凹状連結部133a,133eの深さ寸法から下限係合深さを減算し、これを整数で除算した値に選ばれ、これによって、駆動力を伝達する本来の目的を確実に達成した上で、各凹状連結部133a,133eの深さ寸法を有効的に利用し、多くの段数で、間隔設定量を設定することが可能になる。   Further, the concave connection portions 133a and 133e of the coarse interval setting member 133 are fitted with a lower limit engagement depth that allows engagement with the convex connection portions 103b and 104b of the gear members 103 and 104. Is done. That is, the shape of the convex connecting portions 103b and 104b of the gear members 103 and 104 and the concave connecting portions 133a and 133e of the coarse interval setting member 133 receives the transmitted driving force, or each gear member 103, 104 with a lower limit engagement depth that can be reliably prevented from being released by rattling between the boss portion 203a of the rotating shaft 203 and the slip-off preventing portion forest 303. The interval setting members 106 are stacked and fitted. Here, the lower limit engagement depth is the minimum depth necessary for engaging the convex connection portions 103b and 104b of the gear members 103 and 104 with the concave connection portions 133a and 133e of the coarse interval setting member 133. This is a value set in consideration of the minimum necessary force with respect to the axial clearance and the transmitted driving force. Based on this, the thickness of the fine interval setting member 106 is selected to be a value obtained by subtracting the lower limit engagement depth from the depth dimension of each concave coupling portion 133a, 133e and dividing this by an integer, thereby driving It is possible to set the interval setting amount with a large number of stages by effectively using the depth dimension of each of the concave coupling portions 133a and 133e after reliably achieving the original purpose of transmitting force.

さらに、図32に示すように、粗間隔設定部材133として、厚さ寸法の異なる複数の間隔設定部材133A,133B,133Cを準備することによって、間隔設定量をさらに多段化することができる。この場合に、各粗間隔設定部材133A,133B,133Cは、各凹部連結部133a,133eの深さ寸法H2から下限係合深さH9を減算した値の2倍毎ずつ、異なる寸法に選択すればよい。これによって、一定の、すなわち微間隔設定部材106の厚さ寸法H20毎の多段で間隔設定量を設定することができる。   Further, as shown in FIG. 32, by preparing a plurality of interval setting members 133A, 133B, and 133C having different thickness dimensions as the coarse interval setting member 133, the interval setting amount can be further increased. In this case, each of the coarse interval setting members 133A, 133B, and 133C is selected to have a different size every two times the value obtained by subtracting the lower limit engagement depth H9 from the depth size H2 of each recess connecting portion 133a and 133e. That's fine. As a result, the interval setting amount can be set in multiple steps for each thickness dimension H20 of the fixed interval setting member 106.

これによって、各ギヤ部材101〜104に対してやや小さいが、やはりコストのかかる金型を必要とする粗間隔設定部材133の種類を低減して、各ギヤ部材101〜104の間隔を設定することができ、異なる設定量に対応させて間隔設定部材を成型し、不要な金型費を発生することが防止できる。これと併せて、その場合に問題となる、各ギヤ部材101〜104間の設定が粗くなり、各ギヤ部材101〜104の歯部101d〜104dの噛合幅が小さくなることを防止できる。また微間隔設定部材は小さく薄いものであり、同―寸法形状なので、金型で成型しても安価な小さな金型で済む。さらに微間隔設定部材をシート材にすれば、トムソン歯型などの更に安価な型も使用できる。   Thereby, although it is a little small with respect to each gear member 101-104, the kind of coarse space | interval setting member 133 which still requires an expensive metal mold | die is reduced, and the space | interval of each gear member 101-104 is set. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the unnecessary mold cost from being generated by molding the interval setting member corresponding to different set amounts. In addition to this, it is possible to prevent the setting between the gear members 101 to 104, which is a problem in that case, from being coarsened and the meshing widths of the tooth portions 101d to 104d of the gear members 101 to 104 from being reduced. Further, the fine interval setting member is small and thin, and has the same size and shape, so even if it is molded by a mold, an inexpensive small mold is sufficient. Furthermore, if the fine interval setting member is made of a sheet material, a more inexpensive mold such as a Thomson tooth mold can be used.

さらに図32に示すよに、厚さ寸法H8の異なる複数の粗間隔設定部材133A〜133Cを準備する場合に、厚さ寸法H8Aの図30に示す構成と同様の間隔設定部材133(133A)と、図28に示す間隔設定部材と同様の構成を有する間隔設定部材131とを準備し、これらを図33、図34に示すように組合わせて、粗間隔設定部材133B,133Cと同様の機能を有する間隔設定体550,551を構成するようにしてもよい。この場合、粗間隔設定部材を構成する間隔設定部材の種類は2種で済み、金型費が更に低減できる。また間隔設定部材131の凸状連結部131bを除く厚さ寸法H7を、各凹部連結部133a,133eの深さ寸法H2から下限係合深さH9を減算した値の2倍の厚さとすることによって、この値毎に異なる粗間隔設定部材としての間隔設定体を構成することができる。   Further, as shown in FIG. 32, when preparing a plurality of coarse interval setting members 133A to 133C having different thickness dimensions H8, the interval setting member 133 (133A) similar to the configuration shown in FIG. 28, a gap setting member 131 having the same configuration as the gap setting member shown in FIG. 28 is prepared, and these are combined as shown in FIG. 33 and FIG. 34, so that functions similar to those of the coarse gap setting members 133B and 133C are obtained. You may make it comprise the space | interval setting body 550,551 which has. In this case, there are only two types of interval setting members constituting the coarse interval setting member, and the mold cost can be further reduced. Further, the thickness dimension H7 of the interval setting member 131 excluding the convex coupling part 131b is set to a thickness twice the value obtained by subtracting the lower limit engagement depth H9 from the depth dimension H2 of the concave coupling parts 133a and 133e. Thus, an interval setting body as a coarse interval setting member that differs for each value can be configured.

さらに他の形態として、微間隔設定部材に、図24に示す構成と同様の間隔設定部材130を用いて、この微間隔設定部材130と前述の粗間隔設定部材133および間隔設定体と組み合わせて用い、図35および図36に示すように、組立体512,513を構成してもよい。この場合において、図31〜図34を参照して説明した効果と同様の効果を達成することができる。   As still another embodiment, the fine interval setting member uses an interval setting member 130 similar to the configuration shown in FIG. As shown in FIGS. 35 and 36, the assemblies 512 and 513 may be configured. In this case, the same effects as those described with reference to FIGS. 31 to 34 can be achieved.

さらに他の形態として、微間隔設定部材に、図26に示す構成と同様の間隔設定部材131を用いて、この微間隔設定部材131と前述の粗間隔設定部材133および間隔設定体と組み合わせて用い、図37および図38に示すように、組立体514,515を構成してもよい。この場合において、図31〜図34を参照して説明し効果と同様の効果を達成することができる。   As still another form, the fine interval setting member uses an interval setting member 131 similar to the configuration shown in FIG. 26, and is used in combination with the fine interval setting member 131, the coarse interval setting member 133 and the interval setting body described above. 37 and 38, the assemblies 514 and 515 may be configured. In this case, an effect similar to that described with reference to FIGS. 31 to 34 can be achieved.

図39は、本発明に関連する第1グループの実施のさらに他の形態の組立体516を分解して示す断面図であり、図39(1)〜図39(3)において、回転軸131の外径がそれぞれ異なる。図39を参照して、複数の回転軸203A,203B,203Cにおいて、外径d1,d2,dnが異なる場合であっても、同一のギヤ部材101〜104を用いることができる形態について説明する。複写機などの機器においては、特別な場合を除いて、伝達される駆動力が所定の範囲にある。これに基づいて、図39に示すように、これに対応して、共通に用いることを可能にしようとする各ギヤ部材101〜104を支持するための回転軸201〜203の外径寸法を所定の範囲から各軸径dl〜dnを設定する。予め設定された軸径d1〜dnの回転軸203A〜203Cが回転自在に挿通できるように内径寸法Dl,D2,Dnを有し、かつ一定の外径D20を有する軸径設定部材である軸受け140A,14B,14Cを準備するとともに、各ギヤ部材101〜104(図31にはギヤ部材101,104だけを図示)の嵌合孔101c〜104cに、各軸受け140A〜140Cが締まりばめで嵌着されるように、嵌合孔101c〜104cの同一の内径D0を選択する。   FIG. 39 is an exploded cross-sectional view of an assembly 516 of still another embodiment of the first group related to the present invention. In FIGS. Different outer diameters. With reference to FIG. 39, a description will be given of a mode in which the same gear members 101 to 104 can be used even when the outer diameters d1, d2, and dn are different among the plurality of rotating shafts 203A, 203B, and 203C. In a device such as a copying machine, the transmitted driving force is within a predetermined range except in special cases. Based on this, as shown in FIG. 39, the outer diameter dimensions of the rotating shafts 201 to 203 for supporting the gear members 101 to 104 to be used in common are predetermined as shown in FIG. The shaft diameters dl to dn are set from the above range. Bearing 140A, which is a shaft diameter setting member having inner diameter dimensions D1, D2, and Dn and having a constant outer diameter D20 so that rotary shafts 203A to 203C having predetermined shaft diameters d1 to dn can be rotatably inserted. 14B and 14C, and the bearings 140A to 140C are fitted into the fitting holes 101c to 104c of the gear members 101 to 104 (only the gear members 101 and 104 are shown in FIG. 31) with an interference fit. In this manner, the same inner diameter D0 of the fitting holes 101c to 104c is selected.

また、各軸受け140A〜140Cの肉厚が薄すぎると、締まりばめが適切に作用しないので、各軸受け140A〜140Cの肉厚が所定厚さ以上になるように、各軸受け140A〜140Cの外径D20は決定される。各ギヤ部材101〜104は、凹状連結部101a〜104aおよび凸状連結部101b〜104bは、各歯部101d〜104dと嵌合孔101c〜104cとの間に形成される。   Further, if the thickness of each of the bearings 140A to 140C is too thin, the interference fit does not work properly, so that the thickness of each of the bearings 140A to 140C exceeds the predetermined thickness. The diameter D20 is determined. As for each gear member 101-104, the concave connection part 101a-104a and the convex connection part 101b-104b are formed between each tooth part 101d-104d and fitting hole 101c-104c.

このような各軸受を140A〜140Cを用いることによって、各軸受け140A〜140Cの各軸孔141A,141B,141Cに回転軸203A〜203Cを挿通させることによって、各ギヤ部材101,104を回転自在に支持することができ、さらに同―のギヤ部材101〜104を異なる径の回転軸203A〜203Cによって支持することができる。したがって、同―の歯部、たとえば歯部101cを有するギヤ部材101を外径の異なる回転軸203A〜203C毎にその外径d1〜dnに対応して、各ギヤ部材101〜104をそれぞれ成型する必要が無く、成型すべきギヤ部材101〜104の種類が径の違いによる回転軸の種類に関係なく、少なくすることができる。この場合、軸受け140A〜140C自体は形状も簡単で、その寸法も小さいので、軸受け140A〜140Cを樹脂成形で形成しても、ギヤ部材の金型に比して、コストは低く、また全体の金型の種類も少なくなり、製造コストが低減される。   By using such bearings 140A to 140C, the shaft members 141A, 141B, and 141C of the bearings 140A to 140C are inserted into the rotation shafts 203A to 203C, so that the gear members 101 and 104 can be freely rotated. Further, the same gear members 101 to 104 can be supported by the rotating shafts 203A to 203C having different diameters. Therefore, the gear member 101 having the same tooth portion, for example, the tooth portion 101c, is molded for each of the rotation shafts 203A to 203C having different outer diameters corresponding to the outer diameters d1 to dn. There is no need, and the types of gear members 101 to 104 to be molded can be reduced regardless of the type of rotating shaft due to the difference in diameter. In this case, since the bearings 140A to 140C themselves are simple in shape and small in size, even if the bearings 140A to 140C are formed by resin molding, the cost is lower than the gear member mold, and the entire There are fewer types of molds and the manufacturing cost is reduced.

ここで、上記の構成において、凹状連結部および凸状連結部は、最小有効径の駆動力伝達部材の軸線と外周部との間となるの半径を有する領域に形成されるようにすればよく、これによって駆動力伝達部材の有効径に拘わらず、すべての駆動力伝達部材を連結することができる。また凹状連結部および凸状連結部は、駆動力を伝達するときに凸状連結部にかかる力に基づいて、形状および寸法が決定されてもよく、これによって不必要に大きな凹状連結部および凸状連結部を形成することなく、かつ凸状連結部に十分な強度を与えることができる。さらに、凹状連結部および凸状連結部は、周方向に延びる形状に形成されてもよい。これによって凸状連結部の軸線方向に垂直な断面の面積を小さくし、かつ駆動力を伝達するときにかかる力に対する強度を高くすることができる。またこのような凹状連結部および凸状連結部の形状および寸法は、最大有効径の駆動力伝達部材と、最小有効径の駆動力伝達部材とを連結するときに発生する最大トルクを想定して、この最大トルクを伝達可能とする形状および寸法に決定されるようにしてもよい。これによって駆動力伝達部材をいずれの組合わせで連結しても、凸状連結部は十分な強度を有している状態とすることができる。   Here, in the above configuration, the concave connection portion and the convex connection portion may be formed in a region having a radius between the axis of the driving force transmission member having the minimum effective diameter and the outer peripheral portion. Thus, it is possible to connect all the driving force transmission members regardless of the effective diameter of the driving force transmission member. In addition, the shape and size of the concave coupling portion and the convex coupling portion may be determined based on the force applied to the convex coupling portion when transmitting the driving force. It is possible to give a sufficient strength to the convex connection portion without forming the shape connection portion. Furthermore, the concave connection part and the convex connection part may be formed in a shape extending in the circumferential direction. As a result, the area of the cross section perpendicular to the axial direction of the convex coupling portion can be reduced, and the strength against the force applied when transmitting the driving force can be increased. In addition, the shape and size of such a concave connecting portion and the convex connecting portion are assumed to be the maximum torque generated when connecting the driving force transmission member with the maximum effective diameter and the driving force transmission member with the minimum effective diameter. The shape and size may be determined so that this maximum torque can be transmitted. As a result, even if the driving force transmitting members are connected in any combination, the convex connecting portion can have a sufficient strength.

以上、様々な形態について説明したけれども、本発明に関連する第1グループの発明は、これらの形態に限定されるものではない。たとえば以下のような形態も本発明である。   Although various forms have been described above, the first group of inventions related to the present invention is not limited to these forms. For example, the following forms are also the present invention.

(1)上述の形態では、駆動力伝達部材である回転軸は、樹脂製の駆動フレームに一体的に成型されても良いし、板金製の駆動フレームに金属製の回転支持部材をカシメ等で一体的に固定しても良い。   (1) In the above-described embodiment, the rotating shaft that is the driving force transmitting member may be integrally molded with a resin driving frame, or a metal rotation supporting member may be caulked to a sheet metal driving frame. It may be fixed integrally.

(2)上述の形態では、駆動力伝遠部材は、ギヤ部材で説明したが、タイミングベルトのプーリを初め、摩擦車などの他の駆動伝達都材にも本発明は適用できる。   (2) In the above embodiment, the driving force transmission member has been described as a gear member, but the present invention can also be applied to other driving transmission members such as a pulley of a timing belt and a friction wheel.

(3)上述の形態では、同一軸線上で隣合わせて配置された2つのギヤ部材を相互に連結する構成としたけれども、駆動力伝達部材の組合せ方は、同―の駆動伝達作用部を有する駆動力伝達部材同士、たとえば上述の形態のようにギヤ部材とギヤ部材に限られることなく、異なる駆動伝達作用部を有する駆勤力伝連部材、たとえばギヤ部材とプーリ部材とを組み合わせてもよい。さらに3つ以上の駆動力伝達部材を連結するようにしてもよい。   (3) In the above-described embodiment, the two gear members arranged adjacent to each other on the same axis are connected to each other. However, the combination of the driving force transmission members is a drive having the same drive transmission action portion. The force transmission members are not limited to gear members and gear members, for example, as described above, but driving force transmission members having different drive transmission action portions, for example, gear members and pulley members may be combined. Further, three or more driving force transmission members may be connected.

(4)軸線に垂直な方向の凸状連結部の断面形状と、軸線に垂直な方向の凹状連結部の断面形状とは、ほぼ同じである必要はない。たとえば、図40(1)の正面図、図40(2)の図40(1)における切断面線R−Rからの断面図、図40(3)の背面図に示すように、ギヤ部材160の嵌合孔160cと歯部160dとの間に設けた補強リブ160fの間の凹部を凹状連結部160aとしても良い。この場合のように、凹状連結160aの当接面160hが平面状であれば、外形が曲面状の凸状係合部160bが当接する凹状係合部160aの支持面jを曲面にしても良い。またこのように凹状係合部160aが大きな構成であれば、図40に示すギヤ部材160と、図41(1)の正面図、図41(2)の図41(1)における切断面線T−Tからの断面図、図41(3)の背面図に示すようにな、凸状連結部160bが異なるギヤ部材160との間でも相互に連結することが可能である。   (4) The cross-sectional shape of the convex coupling portion in the direction perpendicular to the axis and the cross-sectional shape of the concave coupling portion in the direction perpendicular to the axis need not be substantially the same. For example, as shown in the front view of FIG. 40 (1), the cross-sectional view from the cutting plane line RR in FIG. 40 (1) of FIG. 40 (2), and the rear view of FIG. 40 (3). A recess between the reinforcing ribs 160f provided between the fitting hole 160c and the tooth part 160d may be used as the concave connection part 160a. As in this case, as long as the contact surface 160h of the concave connection 160a is planar, the support surface j of the concave engagement portion 160a with which the convex engagement portion 160b with a curved outer shape contacts may be curved. . If the concave engaging portion 160a is thus large, the gear member 160 shown in FIG. 40, the front view of FIG. 41 (1), and the cut line T in FIG. 41 (1) of FIG. As shown in the cross-sectional view from −T and the rear view of FIG. 41 (3), the convex connection portions 160b can be connected to each other even with different gear members 160.

(5)上述の形態では、凸状連結部および凹状連結部は2個所で連結するように構成したが、凸状連結部および凹状連結部は、3個所以上で連結するように、あるいは、1個所で連結するようにしてもよい。   (5) In the above-described embodiment, the convex connecting portion and the concave connecting portion are configured to be connected at two locations. However, the convex connecting portion and the concave connecting portion are connected at three or more locations, or 1 You may make it connect in a location.

(6)上述の形態では、凸状連結部と凹状連結部の周方向の位相のずれは、90度にしたが、どのような位相で配置されていてもよい。   (6) In the above-described embodiment, the circumferential phase shift between the convex coupling portion and the concave coupling portion is 90 degrees, but may be arranged in any phase.

(7)凹状連結部は、駆動力伝達部材を貫通した孔でもよい。
(8)凹状連結部の深さ寸法より凸状連結部の高さ寸法が大きい構成であってもよい。
(7) The concave connecting portion may be a hole penetrating the driving force transmission member.
(8) The height dimension of the convex coupling part may be larger than the depth dimension of the concave coupling part.

(9)上述の形態では、共通に用いることを図った駆動力伝達部材においては、全種類の駆動力伝達部材が、凸状連結部と凹状連結部とを有しているが、凸状連結部と凹状連結部を有した駆動力伝達部材群に、凸状連結部または凹状連結部のいずれか一方だけを有した駆動力伝連部材を連結する構成としても、本発明の効果であるところの、駆動力伝達部材の種類を少なくしても、隣り合わせて連結可能な組合せの数を多くすることができると言った効果は達成される。必ずしも当初から上述のような共通に用いることを意図せず、途中から共通に用いることを図った場合であっても、簡単に対応できるものである。   (9) In the above-mentioned form, in the driving force transmission member intended to be used in common, all kinds of driving force transmission members have a convex coupling portion and a concave coupling portion, but the convex coupling It is an effect of the present invention even if the driving force transmission member group having only one of the convex coupling portion or the concave coupling portion is coupled to the driving force transmission member group having the concave portion and the concave coupling portion. Even if the number of types of driving force transmitting members is reduced, the effect that the number of combinations that can be connected side by side can be increased is achieved. It is not necessarily intended to be used in common as described above from the beginning, and even if it is intended to be used in common from the middle, it can be easily handled.

また、機器の中で頻繁に使用する駆動力伝達部材に関してのみ、軸線方向一側部に凹状連結部を形成し、軸線方向他側部に凸状連結部を形成するようにしてもよい。すなわち、凸状連結部または凹状連結部のいずれか一方を有する駆動力伝達部材に対して、所定の種類の凸状連結部と凹状連結部の両方を有する駆動力伝達部材があれば、1つの駆動力伝達作用部を有する一群の駆動力伝達部材の中から任意に選択した駆動力伝達部材を、同―軸線上で隣り合わせた駆動力伝達部材間で駆動力を伝達可能にするとともに、駆動力伝連部材単独でも用いることが可能となり得る。   In addition, only with respect to the driving force transmission member that is frequently used in the device, a concave connection portion may be formed on one side in the axial direction and a convex connection portion may be formed on the other side in the axial direction. That is, if there is a driving force transmission member having both a predetermined type of convex connection part and a concave connection part with respect to the driving force transmission member having either one of the convex connection part or the concave connection part, one A driving force transmitting member arbitrarily selected from a group of driving force transmitting members having a driving force transmitting action portion can be transmitted between the driving force transmitting members adjacent to each other on the same axis, and the driving force can be transmitted. It may be possible to use the transmission member alone.

(10)上述の形態では、駆動力伝達部材としてのギヤ部材の歯部を決定する設計パラメータである歯数、モジュール、歯幅、材質については特に断らなかったが、これら異なる設計パラメータのギヤ部材を同―軸線上で隣り合わせて連結してもよい。   (10) In the above embodiment, the number of teeth, the module, the tooth width, and the material, which are design parameters for determining the tooth portion of the gear member as the driving force transmission member, are not particularly specified, but the gear member having these different design parameters. May be connected side by side on the same axis.

(11)上述の形態では、駆動力部材が回転支持部材に回転自在に固定されたときの形態であったが、駆動力伝達部材が係止ピンなどで回転支持部材に支持されて一体的に回転する構成にも適用できる。   (11) In the above embodiment, the driving force member is fixed to the rotation support member so as to be rotatable. It can be applied to a rotating configuration.

以上、本発明の様々な形態に関して説明したが、上述の形態を、単独で、あるいは組み合わせて、実施することで、金型費用のかかる駆動力伝達部材の種類をより一層少なくしつつ、同―軸線上で隣り合わせた駆動力伝達部材間で駆動力を伝達可能にするとともに、駆動力伝連部材単独でも用いることを可能にすることができる。   As described above, various embodiments of the present invention have been described. However, by implementing the above-described embodiments alone or in combination, it is possible to further reduce the types of driving force transmission members that are costly to mold, and The driving force can be transmitted between the driving force transmitting members adjacent to each other on the axis, and the driving force transmitting member can be used alone.

また、上述した形態では、凸状連結部および凹状連結部は、軸受け孔中心から所定の距離だけ半径方向外方に離れた1つの円環帯に形成されたけれども、凸状連結部と凹状連結部とは、軸受け孔中心から所定の距離だけ半径方向外方に離れた複数の円環帯に形成するようにしても良い。この構成を適用した形態では、軸受け孔と駆動力伝達作用部の間隔が狭い小径駆動力伝達部材群と、軸受け孔と駆動力伝達作用部の間隔が中程度の中径駆動力伝達部材群と、軸受け孔と駆動力伝達作用部の間隔が広い大径駆動力伝達部材群とに分類する。小径駆動力伝達部材群には、1つの円環帯に凸状連結部と凹状連結部を1組配置する。中径駆動力伝達部材群には、小径駆動力伝達材群の凸状連結部が挿入して連結可能な凹状連結部と、その外側に円環帯に凸状連結部と凹状連結部を1組配置する。大径駆動力伝達部材群には、中径駆動力伝達部材群の凸状連結部が挿入して連結可能な凹状連結部と、その外側に円環帯に凸状連結部と凹状連結部を1組配置する。これによって、各駆動力伝達部材群間でも、連結可能であり、かつ各駆動力伝達部材を見分け易い。たとえば歯のモジュールが異なるギヤ部材群を見分けやすい。   Further, in the above-described embodiment, the convex coupling portion and the concave coupling portion are formed in one annular band that is radially outward from the center of the bearing hole by a predetermined distance. The portion may be formed in a plurality of annular bands that are spaced radially outward from the center of the bearing hole by a predetermined distance. In the form in which this configuration is applied, a small-diameter driving force transmission member group in which the interval between the bearing hole and the driving force transmission action portion is narrow, and a medium-diameter driving force transmission member group in which the interval between the bearing hole and the driving force transmission action portion is medium. And a large-diameter driving force transmission member group in which the interval between the bearing hole and the driving force transmission operation portion is wide. In the small-diameter driving force transmission member group, one set of convex connection portions and concave connection portions is arranged in one annular band. The medium-diameter driving force transmission member group includes a concave coupling portion into which the convex coupling portion of the small-diameter driving force transmission material group can be inserted and coupled, and a convex coupling portion and a concave coupling portion that are connected to the annular band on the outer side. Arrange a pair. The large-diameter driving force transmission member group includes a concave coupling portion into which the convex coupling portion of the medium-diameter driving force transmission member group can be inserted and coupled, and a convex coupling portion and a concave coupling portion on the annular ring outside thereof. One set is arranged. As a result, the drive force transmission member groups can be connected to each other, and the drive force transmission members can be easily distinguished. For example, it is easy to distinguish gear member groups having different tooth modules.

また各駆動力伝達部材は、回転自在の設けられる回転支持部材に固定される構成であってもよい。駆動力の大小に伴って、歯面倒れ強度、歯面の削れ強度が歯面圧力に依存するので、伝達する駆動力の大きさで、歯幅の異なるグループに分けてもよい。また回転支持部材に、各駆動力伝達部材の間隔を設定する部分を一体的に設ける構成であってもよい。   Further, each driving force transmission member may be configured to be fixed to a rotation support member that is rotatably provided. With the magnitude of the driving force, the tooth surface collapse strength and the tooth surface scraping strength depend on the tooth surface pressure. Moreover, the structure which provides the part which sets the space | interval of each driving force transmission member in the rotation support member integrally may be sufficient.

次に、本発明に関連する第2グループの発明について、図42〜図74を参照して説明する。図42は、本発明の第2グループの実施の一形態の駆動力伝達部材の連結構造に従って連結される組立体900を有するギヤ列を示す断面図である。本形態では駆動力伝達部材として、外周部の歯部を他の部材と噛合することによって駆動力を伝達するギヤ部材を例に挙げて説明する。図43(1)は組立体900を構成するギヤ部材603を示す正面図であり、図43(2)は図43(1)の切断面線CC−CCから見たギヤ部材603の断面図であり、図43(3)はギヤ部材603の背面図である。図44(1)は組立体900を構成するギヤ部材604を示す正面図であり、図44(2)は図44(1)の切断面線DD−DDから見たギヤ部材604の断面図であり、図44(3)はギヤ部材604の背面図である。図45(1)は組立体900を有するギヤ列を構成するギヤ部材601を示す正面図であり、図45(2)は図45(1)の切断面線AA−AAから見たギヤ部材601の断面図であり、図45(3)はギヤ部材601の背面図である。図46(1)は組立体900を有するギヤ列構成するギヤ部材602を示す正面図であり、図46(2)は図46(1)の切断面線BB−BBから見たギヤ部材602の断面図であり、図46(3)はギヤ部材602の背面図である。図47(1)は組立体900を構成し、各ギヤ部材603,604を連結する連結部材650を示す正面図であり、図47(2)は図47(1)の切断面線EE−EEから見た連結部材650の断面図であり、図47(3)は連結部材650の背面図である。 Next, a second group of inventions related to the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. FIG. 42 is a cross-sectional view showing a gear train having an assembly 900 that is coupled according to the coupling structure of driving force transmission members according to an embodiment of the second group of the present invention. In this embodiment, a gear member that transmits a driving force by engaging a tooth portion of the outer peripheral portion with another member will be described as an example of the driving force transmitting member. 43 (1) is a front view showing the gear member 603 constituting the assembly 900, and FIG. 43 (2) is a cross-sectional view of the gear member 603 as seen from the section line CC-CC in FIG. 43 (1). FIG. 43 (3) is a rear view of the gear member 603. 44 (1) is a front view showing the gear member 604 constituting the assembly 900, and FIG. 44 (2) is a cross-sectional view of the gear member 604 as seen from the section line DD-DD in FIG. 44 (1). FIG. 44 (3) is a rear view of the gear member 604. 45 (1) is a front view showing a gear member 601 constituting a gear train having the assembly 900, and FIG. 45 (2) is a gear member 601 as viewed from the cutting plane line AA-AA in FIG. 45 (1). FIG. 45 (3) is a rear view of the gear member 601. 46 (1) is a front view showing a gear member 602 constituting the gear train having the assembly 900, and FIG. 46 (2) is a view of the gear member 602 viewed from the cutting plane line BB-BB in FIG. 46 (1). FIG. 46 (3) is a rear view of the gear member 602. FIG. 47 (1) is a front view showing the connecting member 650 that configures the assembly 900 and connects the gear members 603 and 604, and FIG. 47 (2) is a sectional line EE-EE of FIG. 47 (1). 47 is a cross-sectional view of the connecting member 650 as viewed from above, and FIG. 47 (3) is a rear view of the connecting member 650.

本形態では、前述のように駆動伝達部材として、外周部の歯部を他の部材と噛合することによって駆動力を伝達する4種類のギヤ部材601〜604を例に挙げて説明する。ギヤ部材603には、軸線方向両側部に軸線方向に沿って残余の部分よりも凹む凹状連結部603aがそれぞれ形成されている。ギヤ部材601、ギヤ部材602、およびギヤ部材604にも、ギヤ部材601と同様に、軸線方向両側部に凹状連結部601a,602a,604aがそれぞれ形成されている。各凹状連結部601a〜604aは、同一形状に形成され、かつ各ギヤ部材601〜604の軸線に対して同一の位置に配置されている。   In the present embodiment, as described above, four types of gear members 601 to 604 that transmit driving force by engaging the teeth on the outer peripheral portion with other members will be described as examples of the drive transmission member. The gear member 603 is formed with a concave coupling portion 603a that is recessed from the remaining portion along the axial direction on both sides in the axial direction. Similarly to the gear member 601, the gear member 601, the gear member 602, and the gear member 604 are respectively formed with concave connection portions 601a, 602a, and 604a on both sides in the axial direction. The concave connection portions 601a to 604a are formed in the same shape and are disposed at the same position with respect to the axis of the gear members 601 to 604.

連結部材650は、軸線方向両側部に軸線方向に沿って残余の部分よりも突出する凸状連結部650bがそれぞれ形成されている。凸状連結部650bは、各駆動力伝達部材601〜604の各凹状連結部601a〜604aと相似形を成し、各ギヤ部材601〜604の軸線に対する各凹状連結部601a〜604aの位置と同一の位置に配置されている。さらに各凹状連結部601a〜604aの各ギヤ部材601〜604の各側部の表面からの深さ寸法H22よりも、凸状連結部650bの高さ寸法H21が小さくなるように(H21<H22)形成されている。また各凹状連結部601a〜604aおよび凸状連結部650bは、凸状連結部650bが、各凹状連結部601a〜604aに、大きくがたつくことなく安定して嵌合し、かつその嵌合および離脱動作を円滑に行うことができる形状に形成されている。   The connecting member 650 is formed with convex connecting portions 650b that protrude from the remaining portions along the axial direction on both sides in the axial direction. The convex connection portion 650b is similar to the concave connection portions 601a to 604a of the driving force transmission members 601 to 604, and is the same as the positions of the concave connection portions 601a to 604a with respect to the axis of the gear members 601 to 604. It is arranged at the position. Further, the height dimension H21 of the convex coupling portion 650b is smaller than the depth dimension H22 from the surface of each side portion of each gear member 601-604 of each concave coupling portion 601a-604a (H21 <H22). Is formed. In addition, each of the concave coupling portions 601a to 604a and the convex coupling portion 650b is stably fitted into the concave coupling portions 601a to 604a without greatly shaking, and the fitting and detaching operations thereof. It is formed in a shape that can be smoothly performed.

これらの各凹状連結部601a〜604aと、凸状連結部650bとは、各ギヤ部材601〜604の中心部に各歯車部材601〜604を貫通して形成される軸受け孔601c〜604cと駆動力伝達作用部である歯部601d〜604dとの間に、さらに詳しく述べると、最小有効径のギヤ部材601において、軸線と外周部の歯部601dとなる位置、すなわち軸受け孔601cと歯部601dとの間に位置となるように、各ギヤ部材601〜604および連結部材650の各軸線Oから一定の距離に、かつ周方向に180度毎に2箇所形成されている。このように各ギヤ部材601〜604の各凹状連結部601a〜604aおよび連結部材650の凸状連結部650bが、統一性を有する位置および形状に形成されることによって、同一種のギヤ部材同士または異なる種類のギヤ部材を任意に選択して同一軸線上に配置し、凸状連結部を凹状連結部に嵌合して係止し、各ギヤ部材を軸線まわりに、回転して駆動力を伝達可能に、かつ軸線方向に相互に着脱可能に、連結部材650を介して連結することができる。   The concave connection portions 601a to 604a and the convex connection portion 650b are driven by the bearing holes 601c to 604c formed through the gear members 601 to 604 in the center of the gear members 601 to 604 and the driving force. More specifically, between the tooth portions 601d to 604d which are transmission acting portions, in the gear member 601 having the minimum effective diameter, positions where the shaft line and the tooth portion 601d of the outer peripheral portion are formed, that is, the bearing hole 601c and the tooth portion 601d, The gear members 601 to 604 and the connecting member 650 are formed at two positions at a constant distance from the axis O of the gear member 601 to 604 and every 180 degrees in the circumferential direction. In this way, the concave connection portions 601a to 604a of the gear members 601 to 604 and the convex connection portion 650b of the connection member 650 are formed in a uniform position and shape, so that the same type of gear members or Arbitrarily select different types of gear members and place them on the same axis, and engage and lock the convex connecting parts with the concave connecting parts, and rotate each gear member around the axis to transmit the driving force. It can be connected via the connecting member 650 so as to be detachable from each other in the axial direction.

具体的に述べると、図42に示すように各ギヤ部材603,604を、これらの凹状連結部603a,604aに、連結部材650の凸状連結部650bをそれぞれ嵌合することによって連結し、組立体900を構成することができる。この状態で、各ギヤ部材603,604間には、連結部材650の厚みに応じた間隔が設定されている。図示しないけれども言うまでもなく、他のギヤ部材601,602についても同様に連結部材650を介して連結することができる。すなわち全てのギヤ部材601〜604同士を、連結部材650を介して連結することができる。   More specifically, as shown in FIG. 42, the gear members 603 and 604 are coupled by fitting the convex coupling portions 650b of the coupling member 650 to the concave coupling portions 603a and 604a, respectively. A solid 900 can be constructed. In this state, an interval corresponding to the thickness of the connecting member 650 is set between the gear members 603 and 604. Needless to say, although not shown, the other gear members 601 and 602 can be similarly connected via the connecting member 650. That is, all the gear members 601 to 604 can be connected to each other via the connecting member 650.

これによって4種類のギヤ部材601〜604を準備することによって、上述の第1グループの場合と同様に、2つの歯部601d〜604dを有する10種類の複合形駆動力伝達部品を組み立てることができる。すなわちギヤ部材の種類よりも多数の複合形駆動力伝達部品を組み立てることができる。この効果は、2種類以上のギヤ部材を準備したときに達成可能である。またこれらギヤ部材601〜604は、単体で用いることも可能であるとともに、3つ以上の歯部を有する組立体を組立てることも可能であり、これらをも含めると、さらに多くの駆動力伝達部品を構成することができる。   Thus, by preparing four types of gear members 601 to 604, 10 types of composite driving force transmission parts having two tooth portions 601d to 604d can be assembled as in the case of the first group described above. . That is, it is possible to assemble a greater number of composite driving force transmission parts than the types of gear members. This effect can be achieved when two or more types of gear members are prepared. In addition, these gear members 601 to 604 can be used alone, and an assembly having three or more tooth portions can be assembled. If these are included, more driving force transmission parts are included. Can be configured.

なお本明細書において以下も同様に、4種類のギヤ部材601〜604だけを例に挙げて説明するけれども、複写機全体および他の機器などに対して、共用を図る全てのギヤ部材に関して、連結部材を介し、同様の凹状連結部および凸状連結部によって、連結することができる。準備するギヤ部材の種類が多くなれば、構成可能な駆動力伝達部品全体の種類に対して準備したギヤ部材の種類の比率は小さくなり、前述の本発明の効果は大きくなり、したがって多くの駆動力伝達部品を用いる複写機などの画像処理装置では、本発明の絶大な効果が発揮される。   In the following description, only the four types of gear members 601 to 604 will be described as an example. However, all the gear members intended to be shared for the entire copying machine and other devices are connected. It can connect by the same concave connection part and convex connection part via a member. As the number of types of gear members to be prepared increases, the ratio of the types of prepared gear members to the total types of drive force transmission components that can be configured decreases, and the above-described effect of the present invention increases. In an image processing apparatus such as a copying machine using a force transmission component, the great effect of the present invention is exhibited.

図42に示すように、駆動力伝達機構であるギヤ列を支持するフレーム700には、回転支持部材である回転軸701、回転軸702および回転軸703が一体的に固定して立設されており、各回転軸701〜703は相互に平行に設けられている。回転軸701がギヤ部材601に挿通され、回転軸702がギヤ部材602に挿通され、また回転軸703が各ギヤ部材603,604および連結部材650から成る組立体900に挿通され、各ギヤ部材601,602および組立体900が各回転軸701〜703に対して回転可能な状態で、回転自在に支持されている。   As shown in FIG. 42, a rotation shaft 701, a rotation shaft 702, and a rotation shaft 703, which are rotation support members, are integrally fixed to a frame 700 that supports a gear train that is a driving force transmission mechanism. The rotating shafts 701 to 703 are provided in parallel to each other. The rotating shaft 701 is inserted through the gear member 601, the rotating shaft 702 is inserted through the gear member 602, and the rotating shaft 703 is inserted through the assembly 900 including the gear members 603 and 604 and the connecting member 650. , 602 and the assembly 900 are rotatably supported so as to be rotatable with respect to the respective rotating shafts 701 to 703.

駆動力の伝達経路において、駆動源に近い側にギヤ部材601配置されており、駆動源から遠い側にギヤ部材602が配置され、ギヤ部材601からギヤ部材602に、回転速度を大きくして駆動力を伝達するために、組立体900が介在されている。組立体900は、2つのギヤ部材603,604が前述のように連結されて、一体的に回転するように構成されている。ギヤ部材603はギヤ部材601と噛合し、ギヤ部材604はギヤ部材602と噛合している。この状態で、ギヤ部材601の回転が、ギヤ部材603からギヤ部材604を介して、ギヤ部材602に伝達される。   In the driving force transmission path, the gear member 601 is disposed on the side close to the driving source, the gear member 602 is disposed on the side far from the driving source, and the gear member 601 is driven from the gear member 601 to the gear member 602 with an increased rotational speed. An assembly 900 is interposed to transmit the force. The assembly 900 is configured such that the two gear members 603 and 604 are connected as described above and rotate integrally. The gear member 603 meshes with the gear member 601, and the gear member 604 meshes with the gear member 602. In this state, the rotation of the gear member 601 is transmitted from the gear member 603 to the gear member 602 via the gear member 604.

各ギヤ部材601〜604は、各回転軸701〜703がそれぞれ挿通され、これら回転軸701〜703にEリングなどの変位阻止部材部材660を各回転軸701〜703に係着して、各回転軸701〜703に対する変位が阻止され、各回転軸701〜703から抜けて脱落することが防止されている。さらに詳しく述べると、各変位阻止部材660は、各ギヤ部材601〜604の軸線方向の変位を所定量内におさえる働きを主に成し、他に各ギヤ部材601〜604の抜けも防止している。   Each of the gear members 601 to 604 is inserted into the respective rotation shafts 701 to 703, and a displacement prevention member member 660 such as an E ring is engaged with each of the rotation shafts 701 to 703. Displacement with respect to the shafts 701 to 703 is prevented, and the shafts 701 to 703 are prevented from coming off and falling off. More specifically, each displacement prevention member 660 mainly serves to keep the axial displacement of each gear member 601 to 604 within a predetermined amount, and also prevents the gear members 601 to 604 from coming off. Yes.

また凹状連結部601a〜604aの深さ寸法H22よりも、凸状連結部650bの高さ寸法H21が小くなるように形成されているので、図42にギヤ部材603とギヤ部材604とが連結される場合を例に示すように、各ギヤ部材603,604と連結部材650とは、その側面が当接して間隔が生じない。したがって組立体900の安定性が向上される。すなわち各ギヤ部材同士のがたつきが抑制される。   Further, since the height dimension H21 of the convex coupling portion 650b is smaller than the depth dimension H22 of the concave coupling portions 601a to 604a, the gear member 603 and the gear member 604 are coupled to each other in FIG. As shown in the example, the gear members 603 and 604 and the connecting member 650 are in contact with each other so that no gap is generated. Therefore, the stability of the assembly 900 is improved. That is, rattling between the gear members is suppressed.

本形態では、各ギヤ部材601〜604には、軸線方向両側部に凹状連結部が形成されており、上述のように3つ以上のギヤ部材601〜604を軸線方向に連結することが可能となり、また2つのギヤ部材601〜604を連結するときには、各ギヤ部材601〜604の表裏に関係無く連結部材650によって連結できるので、作業性に優れている。また連結部材650に凸状連結部650bを形成し、各ギヤ部材601〜604に凹状連結部601a〜604aを形成する構成とすることによって、各ギヤ部材601〜604の軸線方向の寸法を小さくすることができるとともに、各ギヤ部材601〜604を連結して用いたとき、および単独で用いたときのいずれの場合にも、凸状連結部が解放された状態となることがない。これによって組立体900の軸線方向の寸法を小さくすることができるとともに、変位阻止部材660を装着するための領域または変位阻止部材を着脱するための領域SSが確保される。したがって変位阻止部材660として、特殊な部材を用いる必要が無く、市販されるEリングまたはCリングを用いることが可能であり、入手が容易であるとともに、変位阻止部材660の着脱作業が容易になる。また変位阻止部材660を回転軸701〜703から離脱することによって、各駆動力伝達部品601,602,900を回転軸から取外すことが可能であり、各部品の交換が可能であり、その作業も容易である。特にEリングを用いる場合には作業性に優れている。また各組立体900は各ギヤ部材603,604に分解可能であり、組立体900全体ではなく、一方のギヤ部材603,604だけを交換することができ、経済的である。   In this embodiment, each of the gear members 601 to 604 is formed with a concave coupling portion on both sides in the axial direction, so that three or more gear members 601 to 604 can be coupled in the axial direction as described above. In addition, when the two gear members 601 to 604 are connected, they can be connected by the connecting member 650 regardless of the front and back of each gear member 601 to 604, so that the workability is excellent. Further, by forming the convex connection portion 650b on the connection member 650 and forming the concave connection portions 601a to 604a on the gear members 601 to 604, the axial dimension of each gear member 601 to 604 is reduced. In addition, when the gear members 601 to 604 are connected to each other and used independently, the convex connection portion is not released. As a result, the dimension of the assembly 900 in the axial direction can be reduced, and an area for mounting the displacement prevention member 660 or an area SS for attaching / detaching the displacement prevention member is secured. Therefore, it is not necessary to use a special member as the displacement prevention member 660, and it is possible to use a commercially available E-ring or C-ring, which is easy to obtain and easy to attach and detach the displacement prevention member 660. . Also, by disengaging the displacement prevention member 660 from the rotation shafts 701 to 703, it is possible to remove each driving force transmission component 601, 602, 900 from the rotation shaft, and it is possible to replace each component, and that work Easy. In particular, when an E-ring is used, the workability is excellent. Each assembly 900 can be disassembled into gear members 603 and 604, and not the entire assembly 900 but only one gear member 603 or 604 can be replaced, which is economical.

また他の形態として、凹状連結部は、軸線方向一側部にだけ形成される構成であっても、2つのギヤ部材であれば、連結部材650を介して、連結することができる。さらに各ギヤ部材601〜604に凸状連結部を形成し、連結部材に凹状連結部を形成する構成であっても、各ギヤ部材601〜604を、連結部材650によって連結することができる。   As another form, even if a concave connection part is the structure formed only in the axial direction one side part, if it is two gear members, it can connect via the connection member 650. FIG. Furthermore, even if it is the structure which forms a convex connection part in each gear member 601-604 and forms a concave connection part in a connection member, each gear member 601-604 can be connected by the connection member 650. FIG.

次に、本発明の第2グループの実施の他の形態として、連結される各駆動力伝達部材の少なくとも一方がプーリ部材606である場合に、連結部材の一部を鰐として用いる形態を、図48を参照して説明する。図48は、本発明の第2グループの実施の他の形態の駆動力伝達部材の連結構造が実施される組立体901をしめす断面図である。図42〜図47に示す形態と対応する部分には、同一の参照符号を付し、異なる構成についてだけ説明する。   Next, as another form of implementation of the second group of the present invention, when at least one of the driving force transmission members to be coupled is a pulley member 606, a form in which a part of the coupling member is used as a hook is shown in FIG. A description will be given with reference to FIG. FIG. 48 is a cross-sectional view showing an assembly 901 in which a driving force transmission member connecting structure according to another embodiment of the second group of the present invention is implemented. Parts corresponding to those shown in FIGS. 42 to 47 are denoted by the same reference numerals, and only different configurations will be described.

本形態では、各駆動力伝達部材はプーリ部材610,611であり、前述のギヤ部材601〜604と同様に、軸線方向両側部に、同様の凹状連結部610a,611aが形成されている。各プーリ部材610,611おり、中央部に軸線方向に貫通する軸受け孔610c〜611cが形成され、回転軸704が挿通されて、回転自在に支持されている。各プーリ部材610,611には、外周部にベルト613,614がそれぞれ張架される。   In this embodiment, the driving force transmission members are pulley members 610 and 611, and similar concave coupling portions 610a and 611a are formed on both sides in the axial direction, similarly to the gear members 601 to 604 described above. Each of the pulley members 610 and 611 has bearing holes 610c to 611c penetrating in the axial direction in the center portion, and the rotation shaft 704 is inserted and supported rotatably. Belts 613 and 614 are stretched around the outer periphery of the pulley members 610 and 611, respectively.

このように駆動力伝達部材がプーリ部材であるとき、連結部材650の一部、本形態では、連結部材650外径を有効径、すなわち外径が大きいプーリ部材610の外径よりも大きくし、外周部が各プーリ部材610,611よりも半径方向外方に突出するように構成されている。これによって連結部材650が、各プーリ部材に張架されるベルト613,614の軸線方向のずれを防止するための鍔部として機能する。これによって小径のプーリ部材611に張架されるベルト614はもちろん、大径のプーリ部材610に張架されるベルト613の軸線方向の一方、すなわち連結部材650に近接する方向の変位を阻止し、ベルト613,614を外れにくくすることができる。   Thus, when the driving force transmitting member is a pulley member, in this embodiment, a part of the connecting member 650, the outer diameter of the connecting member 650 is made larger than the effective diameter, that is, the outer diameter of the pulley member 610 having a large outer diameter, The outer peripheral portion is configured to protrude outward in the radial direction from the pulley members 610 and 611. As a result, the connecting member 650 functions as a flange for preventing the belts 613 and 614 stretched around the pulley members from shifting in the axial direction. As a result, the belt 614 stretched around the small-diameter pulley member 611 and the belt 613 stretched around the large-diameter pulley member 610 are prevented from being displaced in the axial direction, that is, in the direction close to the connecting member 650, The belts 613 and 614 can be made difficult to come off.

特に、各プーリ部材610,611の連結部材650とは反対側の側部に鍔部を形成することによって、ベルト613,614が外れることが無くなる。このように鍔部は、軸線方向の一側部にだけ形成すればよく、製造が容易であるとともに、プーリ部材610,611の軸線方向の厚みを小さくすることができる。   In particular, the belts 613 and 614 can be prevented from coming off by forming a flange on the side of the pulley members 610 and 611 opposite to the connecting member 650. As described above, the flange portion only needs to be formed on one side portion in the axial direction, which is easy to manufacture and can reduce the thickness of the pulley members 610 and 611 in the axial direction.

次に組立体を構成するギヤ部材の軸線方向の位置関係を設定する構成について、図49〜図65によって説明する。図49は本発明の第2グループの実施のさらに他の形態の駆動力伝達部材の連結構造が実施される組立体902を示す断面図であり、図50(1)は組立体902を構成する間隔設定部材750を示す正面図であり、図50(2)は図50(1)の切断面線FF−FFから見た断面図である。上述の形態と対応する部分には同一の参照符号を付し、異なる構成についてだけ説明する。   Next, a configuration for setting the positional relationship in the axial direction of the gear members constituting the assembly will be described with reference to FIGS. 49 to 65. FIG. 49 is a cross-sectional view showing an assembly 902 in which a connecting structure of driving force transmission members according to still another embodiment of the second group of the present invention is implemented, and FIG. 50 (1) constitutes the assembly 902. It is a front view which shows the space | interval setting member 750, FIG.50 (2) is sectional drawing seen from the cut surface line FF-FF of FIG. 50 (1). Portions corresponding to the above-described embodiment are assigned the same reference numerals, and only different configurations will be described.

各ギヤ部材603,604は、各ギヤ部材603,604間に、連結部材650の厚みに応じた間隔が設定された状態で、連結されている。このような各ギヤ部材603,604間の間隔をさらに広げる方向に、任意に設定することができる構成は、設計上必要になる。このような場合には、ギヤ部材603の凹状連結部603aに嵌入可能な図50に示すような間隔設定部材を用いる。   The gear members 603 and 604 are coupled between the gear members 603 and 604 in a state in which an interval corresponding to the thickness of the coupling member 650 is set. Such a configuration that can be arbitrarily set in the direction of further increasing the distance between the gear members 603 and 604 is required in design. In such a case, an interval setting member as shown in FIG. 50 that can be fitted into the concave coupling portion 603a of the gear member 603 is used.

間隔調節部材750は、各ギヤ部材603,604の凹状連結部603a,604aに1または複数枚嵌入させて、いわば凹状連結部603a,604aを底上げし、連結部材650の凸状連結部650bを間隔設定部材750に当接させて、各ギヤ部材603,604と連結部材650とを間隔をあけて配置する。このとき、間隔設定部材750の厚みH25は、凹状連結部603a,604aの深さ寸法H22よりも小さく、特に小さいほど好ましく、複数枚積重して嵌合し、多段的に間隔を設定することが可能になる。   The interval adjusting member 750 is inserted into one or a plurality of the concave connecting portions 603a and 604a of the gear members 603 and 604, so that the concave connecting portions 603a and 604a are raised so that the convex connecting portion 650b of the connecting member 650 is spaced. The gear members 603 and 604 and the connecting member 650 are arranged with a space therebetween in contact with the setting member 750. At this time, the thickness H25 of the interval setting member 750 is smaller than the depth dimension H22 of the concave connecting portions 603a and 604a, and is particularly preferably smaller. A plurality of sheets are stacked and fitted, and the interval is set in multiple stages. Is possible.

本形態では、各凹状連結部603a,604eの深さ寸法から下限係合深さを減算し、これを整数で除算した値に選ばれる。ここで下限係合深さは、各ギヤ部材603,604の凹状連結部603a,604aと連結部材650の凸状連結部650bとが係合するのに必要な最低限度の深さであり、軸線方向のクリアランスや伝達する駆動力に対して最低限必要な力を考慮して設定した値である。これによって、駆動力を伝達する本来の目的を確実に達成した上で、各凹状連結部603a,604aの深さ寸法を有効的に利用し、多くの段数で、間隔設定量を設定することが可能になる。このとき、連結部材650の凸状連結部650bは、各ギヤ部材604の凹状連結部604aに嵌合して連結しており、各ギヤ部材603,604は一体的に回転することができる。このような構成において、各凹状連結部603a,604aは、有底に形成され、間隔設定部材750によって底上げ可能な構成とされている。   In this embodiment, a value obtained by subtracting the lower limit engagement depth from the depth dimension of each of the concave coupling portions 603a and 604e and dividing this by an integer is selected. Here, the lower limit engagement depth is the minimum depth necessary for engaging the concave coupling portions 603a and 604a of the gear members 603 and 604 with the convex coupling portion 650b of the coupling member 650, and the axis line This value is set in consideration of the minimum necessary force for the direction clearance and the transmitted driving force. As a result, the original purpose of transmitting the driving force can be reliably achieved, and the depth dimension of each of the concave coupling portions 603a and 604a can be effectively used to set the interval setting amount in many stages. It becomes possible. At this time, the convex connection portion 650b of the connection member 650 is fitted and connected to the concave connection portion 604a of each gear member 604, and each gear member 603, 604 can rotate integrally. In such a configuration, each of the concave coupling portions 603a and 604a is formed to have a bottom, and can be raised by the interval setting member 750.

また間隔調節部材750の厚み方向に垂直な断面の形状を、凹状連結部603a,604aの軸線に垂直な断面の形状とほぼ同じにし、かつわずかに大きくして、間隔調節部材750を凹状連結部603a,604aに締まりばめの状態で、嵌入し、凹状連結部603a,604aから脱落しないようにし、作業性を向上するようにしてもよい。   In addition, the shape of the cross section perpendicular to the thickness direction of the interval adjusting member 750 is made substantially the same as the shape of the cross section perpendicular to the axis of the concave connecting portions 603a and 604a and slightly larger to make the interval adjusting member 750 the concave connecting portion. It is possible to improve workability by fitting in 603a and 604a in a state of interference fit so as not to drop out from the concave coupling portions 603a and 604a.

さらにこのような間隔調整部材750だけでなく、連結部材650として、図51に示すように厚さの異なる複数の連結部材650A,650B,650Cを準備しておくことによって、間隔設定部材750と、各連結部材650A〜650Cとを選択的に組み合わせて、さらに各ギヤ間の間隔を多段的に設定することが可能となり、間隔の設定が容易になる。この場合に、各粗間隔設定部材132A,132B,133Cは、図43(2)に代表して示す凹部連結部603aの深さ寸法H22から下限係合深さH29を減算した値の2倍毎ずつ、異なる寸法に選択すればよい。これによって、一定の、すなわち微間隔設定部材606の厚さ寸法H30毎の多段で間隔設定量を設定することができる。   Furthermore, not only such an interval adjusting member 750 but also a plurality of connecting members 650A, 650B, 650C having different thicknesses as shown in FIG. By selectively combining the connecting members 650A to 650C, it is possible to set the intervals between the gears in a multistage manner, and the setting of the intervals becomes easy. In this case, each of the coarse interval setting members 132A, 132B, and 133C is twice the value obtained by subtracting the lower limit engagement depth H29 from the depth dimension H22 of the recess coupling portion 603a shown as a representative in FIG. You can select different dimensions one by one. As a result, the interval setting amount can be set in multiple steps for each thickness dimension H30 of the fixed interval setting member 606.

これによって、各ギヤ部材601〜604に対してやや小さいが、やはりコストのかかる金型を必要とする連結部材650の種類を低減して、各ギヤ部材601〜604間の間隔を設定することができ、異なる設定量に対応させて連結部材650および間隔設定部材750を成型し、不要な金型費が発生することを防止できる。これと併せて、その場合に問題となる、各ギヤ部材601〜604間の設定が粗くなり、各ギヤ部材601〜604の歯部601d〜604dの係合幅が小さくなり、各歯部601d〜604dの噛合量が不十分なために歯面圧が増大して、歯割れなどによってギヤライフが適切に発揮できないという不具合が生じないようにすることができる。また間隔調節部材は小さく薄いものであり、同―寸法形状なので、金型で成型しても安価な小さな金型で済む。さらに間隅設定部材をシート材にすれば、トムソン歯型などの更に安価な型も使用できる。   As a result, it is possible to set the interval between the gear members 601 to 604 by reducing the types of the connection members 650 that are slightly smaller than the gear members 601 to 604 but still require costly molds. In addition, the connecting member 650 and the interval setting member 750 can be molded corresponding to different set amounts, and unnecessary mold costs can be prevented from being generated. In addition to this, the setting between the gear members 601 to 604, which becomes a problem in that case, becomes rough, the engagement widths of the tooth portions 601d to 604d of the gear members 601 to 604 become small, and the tooth portions 601d to 601d. Since the meshing amount of 604d is insufficient, the tooth surface pressure is increased, and it is possible to prevent a problem that the gear life cannot be properly exhibited due to a tooth crack or the like. Further, since the distance adjusting member is small and thin, and has the same size and shape, even if it is molded with a mold, an inexpensive small mold is sufficient. Furthermore, if the interstitial setting member is made of a sheet material, a more inexpensive mold such as a Thomson tooth mold can be used.

図52は本発明の第2グループの実施のさらに他の形態の駆動力伝達部材の連結構造が実施される組立体903を示す断面図であり、図53(1)は組立体903を構成する連結部材651を示す正面図であり、図53(2)は図53(1)の切断面線GG−GGから見た断面図であり、図53(3)は連結部材651の背面図である。上述の形態と対応する部分には、同一の参照符号を付し、異なる構成についてだけ説明する。   FIG. 52 is a cross-sectional view showing an assembly 903 in which a driving force transmission member connecting structure according to still another embodiment of the second group of the present invention is implemented, and FIG. 53 (1) constitutes the assembly 903. It is a front view which shows the connection member 651, FIG.53 (2) is sectional drawing seen from the cut surface line GG-GG of FIG.53 (1), FIG.53 (3) is a rear view of the connection member 651. . Portions corresponding to the above-described embodiment are assigned the same reference numerals, and only different configurations will be described.

連結部材651は、軸線方向両側部に、凸状連結部650bに加えて、凸状連結部650bを避けた位置に、本形態では、凸状連結部650bと周方向に90度ずれた位置に、2箇所凹状連結部650aがそれぞれ形成されている。この凹状連結部650aには、他の連結部材651の凸状連結部650bが嵌合可能であり、これによって2つの連結部材651は、各凹状連結部650aおよび凸状連結部650b回転して駆動力を伝達可能に、かつ軸線方向に着脱可能に連結される。これによって、図52に示すに、2つの連結部材651を連結した状態で、各ギヤ部材603,604間に介在させ、各ギヤ部材603,604を、各ギヤ部材603,604間に、連結部材651の厚みの2倍の間隔を設定して、連結することができる。これによって、連結部材651の種類は1種で済み、金型費が更に低減したうえで、各ギヤ部材間に複数段の間隔を設定することができる。   The connecting member 651 is located on both sides in the axial direction in a position avoiding the convex connecting portion 650b in addition to the convex connecting portion 650b, and in this embodiment, at a position shifted by 90 degrees from the convex connecting portion 650b in the circumferential direction. Two concave connection portions 650a are formed. The concave connection portion 650a can be fitted with a convex connection portion 650b of another connection member 651, whereby the two connection members 651 are rotated and driven by the respective concave connection portions 650a and the convex connection portion 650b. It is connected so that force can be transmitted and detachable in the axial direction. Thus, as shown in FIG. 52, in a state where the two connecting members 651 are connected, they are interposed between the gear members 603 and 604, and the gear members 603 and 604 are connected between the gear members 603 and 604. Connection can be established by setting an interval twice as large as the thickness of 651. As a result, only one type of connecting member 651 is required, and the mold cost can be further reduced, and a plurality of intervals can be set between the gear members.

図54は本発明の第2グループの実施のさらに他の形態の駆動力伝達部材の連結構造が実施される組立体904を示す断面図であり、図55(1)は組立体5904を構成する間隔設定部材751を示す正面図であり、図55(2)は図55(1)の切断面線HH−HHから見た断面図である。図49および図50を参照して説明した形態では、間隔設定部材751が小さく作業時に扱いにくく、また凹状連結部の数だけ作業数が必要になるので、より作業を間単にするために、本形態の間隔設定部材が実施される。問隔設定部材751には、回転軸703が挿通するための軸受け孔751cと、連結部材650の凸状連結部650bが挿通するための挿通孔751aが形成される。間隔設定部材751が半径方向にずれて各ギヤ部材603,604の回転の伝達に支障を来さないように、軸受け孔130cの内径寸法は、回転軸703の外径より大きく、たとえば若干大きく選ばれている。   FIG. 54 is a cross-sectional view showing an assembly 904 in which a drive force transmission member connecting structure according to still another embodiment of the second group of the present invention is implemented, and FIG. 55 (1) constitutes an assembly 5904. It is a front view which shows the space | interval setting member 751, FIG.55 (2) is sectional drawing seen from the cut surface line HH-HH of FIG. 55 (1). In the embodiment described with reference to FIGS. 49 and 50, the interval setting member 751 is small and difficult to handle at the time of work, and the number of work is required by the number of concave connecting portions. A form-setting interval setting member is implemented. The interval setting member 751 is formed with a bearing hole 751c through which the rotation shaft 703 is inserted and an insertion hole 751a through which the convex connection portion 650b of the connection member 650 is inserted. The inner diameter dimension of the bearing hole 130c is larger than the outer diameter of the rotating shaft 703, for example, slightly larger so that the distance setting member 751 is not displaced in the radial direction and hinders transmission of rotation of the gear members 603 and 604. It is.

この間隔設定部材751は、凸状連結部650bが挿通孔751aを挿通し、
さらに各ギヤ部材603,604の凹状連結部603a,604aに嵌合するように配置される。これによって、各ギヤ部材603,604の軸線方向における相互位置の設定が行えるとともに、組立作業の簡単化が計れる。
As for this space | interval setting member 751, the convex connection part 650b penetrates the penetration hole 751a,
Furthermore, it arrange | positions so that it may fit in the recessed connection part 603a, 604a of each gear member 603,604. As a result, the mutual positions of the gear members 603 and 604 in the axial direction can be set, and the assembling work can be simplified.

図56は本発明の第2グループの実施のさらに他の形態の駆動力伝達部材の連結構造が実施される組立体905を示す断面図であり、図57(1)は組立体905を構成する間隔設定部材752を示す正面図であり、図57(2)は図57(1)の切断面線II−IIから見た断面図である。本形態は、図54および図55に示す形態と同様の効果を達成できる形態である。本形態の間隔調節部材752は、回転軸703が挿通可能な軸受け孔752cが形成された円環状の部材である。間隔設定部材752の外径寸法は、連結部材650の凸状連結部650bの半径方向内方端の内径より小さく選ばれている。この間隔設定部材752は、各ギヤ部材603,604と連結部材650との間に介在され、この状態で、凸状連結部650bが凹状連結部603a,604aに嵌合する。この形態では、上述の効果に加えて、間隔設定部材752の構成が簡単であり、製造が容易になる。   FIG. 56 is a cross-sectional view showing an assembly 905 in which a connecting structure of driving force transmission members according to still another embodiment of the second group of the present invention is implemented, and FIG. 57 (1) constitutes the assembly 905. It is a front view which shows the space | interval setting member 752, FIG.57 (2) is sectional drawing seen from the cut surface line II-II of FIG. 57 (1). This form is a form that can achieve the same effect as the form shown in FIGS. 54 and 55. The interval adjusting member 752 of this embodiment is an annular member in which a bearing hole 752c into which the rotating shaft 703 can be inserted is formed. The outer diameter dimension of the interval setting member 752 is selected to be smaller than the inner diameter at the radially inner end of the convex connection portion 650b of the connection member 650. The gap setting member 752 is interposed between the gear members 603 and 604 and the connecting member 650. In this state, the convex connecting portion 650b is fitted into the concave connecting portions 603a and 604a. In this embodiment, in addition to the above-described effects, the configuration of the interval setting member 752 is simple, and the manufacture becomes easy.

図50〜図57に示す形態では、連結部材650,651および間隔設定部材750〜752を用いて各ギヤ部材603,604間の間隔を設定する形態について説明したけれども、図50に示す間隔設定部材750は、小さいため作業時に扱いにくく、凹状連結部603a,603bの数だけ作業数が必要である。また、図55および図57に示す間隔設定部材751,752を用いる構成においても、ギヤ部材603,604間に、間隔調整部材751,752を介在させる必要があるので、作業数が多く必要である。このような不具合を解消し、駆動力伝達部材だけで細かな間隔の設定を行えて、作業をより簡単にできる形態を、図58〜図60を参照して以下に説明する。   In the embodiment shown in FIGS. 50 to 57, the embodiment has been described in which the interval between the gear members 603 and 604 is set using the connecting members 650 and 651 and the interval setting members 750 to 752, but the interval setting member shown in FIG. Since 750 is small, it is difficult to handle at the time of work, and the number of work is required by the number of the concave connection parts 603a and 603b. Also, in the configuration using the interval setting members 751 and 752 shown in FIGS. 55 and 57, it is necessary to interpose the interval adjusting members 751 and 752 between the gear members 603 and 604, so that a large number of operations are necessary. . A mode in which such problems can be solved and a fine interval can be set only by the driving force transmission member and the work can be simplified will be described below with reference to FIGS.

図58は、本発明の第2グループの実施のさらに他の形態の駆動力伝達部材の連結構造に従って連結される組立体906を示す断面図である。図59(1)は組立体906を構成するギヤ部材603を示す正面図であり、図59(2)は図59(1)の切断面線JJ−JJから見たギヤ部材603の断面図であり、図59(3)はギヤ部材603の背面図である。図60(1)は組立体906を構成するギヤ部材604を示す正面図であり、図60(2)は図60(1)の切断面線KK−KKから見たギヤ部材604の断面図であり、図60(3)はギヤ部材604の背面図である。上述の形態と対応する部分には、同一の参照符号を付し、異なる構成についてだけ説明する。   FIG. 58 is a cross-sectional view showing an assembly 906 that is coupled in accordance with a coupling structure for driving force transmission members according to still another embodiment of the second group of the present invention. 59 (1) is a front view showing the gear member 603 constituting the assembly 906, and FIG. 59 (2) is a cross-sectional view of the gear member 603 as seen from the section line JJ-JJ in FIG. 59 (1). FIG. 59 (3) is a rear view of the gear member 603. 60 (1) is a front view showing the gear member 604 constituting the assembly 906, and FIG. 60 (2) is a cross-sectional view of the gear member 604 as seen from the cutting plane line KK-KK in FIG. 60 (1). FIG. 60 (3) is a rear view of the gear member 604. Portions corresponding to the above-described embodiment are assigned the same reference numerals, and only different configurations will be described.

本形態のギヤ部材603は、軸線方向両側部に、各側部の側面からの深さが異なり、周方向の一方に向かうに連れて深さ寸法が大きくなるように配置される凹状連結部603a1,603a2,…,603anが、周方向に間隔をあけてそれぞれ形成されている。各凹状係合部603a1〜603anは、それぞれ2箇所ずつ形成され、同一の深さを有する凹状係合部は、周方向に180度ずれた位置に形成されている。またギヤ部材604は、軸線方向両側部に、ギヤ部材603の凹状連結部603a1〜63anと同様の凹状連結部604a1,604a2,…,604anがそれぞれ形成されている。   The gear member 603 of the present embodiment has a concave connecting portion 603a1 that is disposed on both side portions in the axial direction so that the depth from the side surface of each side portion is different and the depth dimension increases toward one side in the circumferential direction. , 603a2,..., 603an are formed at intervals in the circumferential direction. Each of the concave engaging portions 603a1 to 603an is formed at two locations, and the concave engaging portions having the same depth are formed at positions shifted by 180 degrees in the circumferential direction. The gear member 604 is formed with concave connection portions 604a1, 604a2,..., 604an similar to the concave connection portions 603a1 to 63an of the gear member 603, on both sides in the axial direction.

各凹状係合部603a1〜603an;604a1〜604anは、最も深さ寸法の大きい凹状連結部603a1,604a1の深さ寸法は、連結部材650の凸状連結部650bの突出高さH21よりも大きく、たとえば図43〜図46に示す各ギヤ部材の凹状連結部601a〜604aの深さ寸法H22と同一に選ばれ、残余の凹状連結部603a2〜603an;604a2〜604anは、連結部材650の凸状連結部650bの突出高さH21よりも小さく選ばれ、最も深さ寸法の小さい凹状連結部603an;604anの深さ寸法は、前述の下限係合深さ以上に選ばれている。   In each of the concave engaging portions 603a1 to 603an; 604a1 to 604an, the depth dimensions of the concave connecting portions 603a1 and 604a1 having the largest depth are larger than the protruding height H21 of the convex connecting portion 650b of the connecting member 650. For example, the depths H22 of the concave coupling portions 601a to 604a of the gear members shown in FIGS. 43 to 46 are selected to be the same, and the remaining concave coupling portions 603a2 to 603an; 604a2 to 604an are convex couplings of the coupling member 650. The depth dimension of the concave connecting portion 603an; 604an having the smallest depth dimension is selected to be greater than the above-described lower limit engagement depth.

各ギヤ部材603,604は、連結部材650の凸状連結部650bを、各ギヤ部材603,604の各凹状連結部603a1〜603an;604a1〜604anに、選択的に嵌合することによって、連結される。図58には、連結部材650の凸状連結部650bは、ギヤ部材603a1〜603anのうち最も深さ寸法の小さい凹状連結部603anに嵌合され、ギヤ部材604a1〜604anのうち最も深さ寸法の大きい凹状連結部604a1に嵌合されている状態を示す。   The gear members 603 and 604 are coupled by selectively fitting the convex coupling portions 650b of the coupling member 650 to the concave coupling portions 603a1 to 603an; 604a1 to 604an of the gear members 603 and 604, respectively. The In FIG. 58, the convex connection part 650b of the connection member 650 is fitted to the concave connection part 603an having the smallest depth dimension among the gear members 603a1 to 603an, and has the deepest dimension among the gear members 604a1 to 604an. The state fitted to the large concave connection part 604a1 is shown.

このようにギヤ部材603,604に、深さ寸法の異なる凹状連結部603a1〜603an;604a1〜604anを形成し、連結部材650の凸状連結部650bを、選択的に、各ギヤ部材の凹状連結部603a1〜603an;604a1〜604anに嵌合することによって、選択する凹状連結部603a1〜603an;604a1〜604anの深さに応じて、各ギヤ部材603,604間に、多段的に、間隔を設定することができる。さらに別途に設けられる間隔設定部材を用いる必要がなく、組立体906の組立作業の簡単化が図られる。   In this way, concave connection portions 603a1 to 603an; 604a1 to 604an having different depth dimensions are formed on the gear members 603 and 604, and the convex connection portions 650b of the connection member 650 are selectively connected to the gear members in a concave shape. By fitting the portions 603a1 to 603an; 604a1 to 604an, intervals are set in a multistage manner between the gear members 603 and 604 in accordance with the depth of the concave connection portions 603a1 to 603an; 604a1 to 604an to be selected. can do. Further, it is not necessary to use a separately provided interval setting member, and the assembly work of the assembly 906 can be simplified.

図58〜図60を参照して、駆動力伝達部材に深さの異なる凹状連結部を形成する形態を説明したけれども、連結部材に深さの異なる凹状連結部を設けることによって、駆動伝達部材間の相互位置を設定する形態を、図61を参照して説明する。図61(1)は本発明の第2グループの実施のさらに他の形態の連結部材650を示す正面図であり、図61(2)は図61(1)の切断面線LL−LLから見た連結部材650の断面図であり、図61(3)は連結部材650の背面図である。上述の形態と対応する部分には、同一の参照符号を付し、異なる構成についてだけ説明する。   58 to 60, the embodiment in which the concave connecting portions having different depths are formed in the driving force transmitting member has been described. However, by providing the connecting members with concave connecting portions having different depths, the driving force transmitting member can A mode of setting the mutual position of will be described with reference to FIG. 61 (1) is a front view showing a connecting member 650 according to still another embodiment of the second group of the present invention, and FIG. 61 (2) is viewed from the section line LL-LL in FIG. 61 (1). FIG. 61 (3) is a rear view of the connecting member 650. FIG. Portions corresponding to the above-described embodiment are assigned the same reference numerals, and only different configurations will be described.

連結部材650には、軸線方向両側部に、凸状連結部650b形成されるとともに、この凸状連結部650bを避けて、凹状連結部650a1,650a2,…,650anがそれぞれ形成されている。各凹状係合部650a1〜650anは、最も深さ寸法の大きい凹状連結部650a1の深さ寸法は、連結部材650の凸状連結部650bの突出高さH21よりも大きく、たとえば図43〜図46に示す各ギヤ部材の凹状連結部601a〜604aの深さ寸法H22と同一に選ばれ、残余の凹状連結部650a2〜650anは、連結部材650の凸状連結部650bの突出高さH21よりも小さく選ばれ、最も深さ寸法の小さい凹状連結部650anの深さ寸法は、前述の下限係合深さ以上に選ばれている。   The connecting member 650 is formed with convex connecting portions 650b on both sides in the axial direction, and concave connecting portions 650a1, 650a2, ..., 650an are formed so as to avoid the convex connecting portions 650b. In each of the concave engaging portions 650a1 to 650an, the depth dimension of the concave connecting portion 650a1 having the largest depth dimension is larger than the protruding height H21 of the convex connecting portion 650b of the connecting member 650, for example, FIGS. Are selected to be the same as the depth dimension H22 of the concave coupling portions 601a to 604a of each gear member, and the remaining concave coupling portions 650a2 to 650an are smaller than the protruding height H21 of the convex coupling portion 650b of the coupling member 650. The depth dimension of the concave connecting portion 650an having the smallest depth dimension is selected to be equal to or greater than the aforementioned lower limit engagement depth.

各ギヤ部材603,604間には、連結部材650が複数設けられ、各連結部材650は、凸状連結部650bを、各凹状連結部650a1〜650anに、選択的に嵌合することによって、連結される。連結部材650を複数用いて、相互に連結するときに、深さ寸法の異なる凹状連結部650a1〜650anを形成し、凸状連結部650bを、選択的に、凹状連結部650a1〜650anに嵌合することによって、選択する凹状連結部650a1〜650anの深さに応じて、連結された各連結部材全体での軸線方向の寸法を多段的に選択することができ、これによって各ギヤ部材603,604間に、多段的に間隔を設定することができる。さらに別途に設けられる間隔設定部材を用いる必要がなく、組立体906の組立作業の簡単化が図られる。   A plurality of connecting members 650 are provided between the gear members 603 and 604. The connecting members 650 are connected by selectively fitting the convex connecting portions 650b to the concave connecting portions 650a1 to 650an. Is done. When a plurality of connecting members 650 are used and connected to each other, concave connection portions 650a1 to 650an having different depth dimensions are formed, and the convex connection portions 650b are selectively fitted to the concave connection portions 650a1 to 650an. By doing so, it is possible to select the dimension in the axial direction of the entire connected members in a multistage manner according to the depth of the concave connecting portions 650a1 to 650an to be selected, and thereby the gear members 603, 604 are selected. The intervals can be set in a multistage manner. Further, it is not necessary to use a separately provided interval setting member, and the assembly work of the assembly 906 can be simplified.

次に、駆動伝連部材を連結部材によって連結するときに、締まリばめ用凹状連結部とすきまばめ用凹状連結部の両方を設け、用途に応じて凹状連結部を選択する形態について、図62および図63を参照して説明する。   Next, when the drive transmission member is connected by the connecting member, both the concave fitting portion for interference fit and the concave connecting portion for clearance fit are provided, and the concave connecting portion is selected according to the application. This will be described with reference to FIGS. 62 and 63. FIG.

図62(1)は本発明の第2グループの実施のさらに他の形態のギヤ部材603を示す正面図であり、図62(2)は図62(1)の切断面線MM−MMから見たギヤ部材603の断面図であり、図62(3)はギヤ部材603の背面図である。図63(1)は、図62に示すギヤ部材603と連結されるギヤ部材604を示す正面図であり、図63(2)は図63(1)の切断面線NN−NNから見たギヤ部材604の断面図であり、図63(3)はギヤ部材604の背面図である。上述の形態と対応する部分には、同一の参照符号を付し、異なる構成についてだけ説明する。   FIG. 62 (1) is a front view showing a gear member 603 according to still another embodiment of the second group of the present invention, and FIG. 62 (2) is viewed from the cutting plane line MM-MM in FIG. 62 (1). FIG. 62 (3) is a rear view of the gear member 603. FIG. 63 (1) is a front view showing a gear member 604 connected to the gear member 603 shown in FIG. 62, and FIG. 63 (2) is a gear seen from the section line NN-NN in FIG. 63 (1). FIG. 63 is a cross-sectional view of the member 604, and FIG. 63 (3) is a rear view of the gear member 604. Portions corresponding to the above-described embodiment are assigned the same reference numerals, and only different configurations will be described.

各ギヤ部材603,604には、軸線方向両側部に、凹状連結部603g,603h;604g,604hがそれぞれ形成されている。これら各ギヤ部材603,604は、軸線方向両側部に凸状連結部650bが形成される連結部材650によって、凸状連結部650bを、凹状連結部603g,603h;604g,604hに選択的に嵌合して、連結される。各凹状連結部603g,604gは、連結部材650の凸状連結部650bが、締まりばめの状態で嵌合され、凹状連結部603g,604hは、連結部材650の凸状連結部650bがすきまばめになる状態で嵌合されるように、形成されている。   The gear members 603 and 604 are respectively formed with concave connection portions 603g and 603h; 604g and 604h on both sides in the axial direction. The gear members 603 and 604 are selectively fitted to the concave connection portions 603g and 603h; 604g and 604h by the connection members 650 having the convex connection portions 650b formed on both sides in the axial direction. Together. The concave connection portions 603g and 604g are fitted with the convex connection portion 650b of the connection member 650 in an interference fit state, and the concave connection portions 603g and 604h are clearances of the convex connection portion 650b of the connection member 650. It is formed so that it may be fitted in a state of becoming ugly.

各駆動力伝達部材603,604が回転軸と一体的に回転する状態で設けられる場合には、締まりばめになる凹状連結部603g,604gに凸状連結部650bを嵌合する。また各駆動力伝達部材603,604が回転軸に対して回転可能となる状態で設けられる場合には、すきまばめになる凹状連結部103h及び104hに凸状連結部650b嵌合する。これによって、回転軸と一体的に回転する状態に各ギヤ部材603,604が設けられる場合には、あそびがあるため生じる音の発生を防ぐことができ、また回転軸に対して回転可能な状態に各ギヤ部材603,604が設けられる場合には、各ギヤ部材603,604間に掛かる不必要な負荷を低減することができる。このように、それぞれの用途に応じた使い分けが可能となり、駆動力伝達部材の組み合せの自由度が向上される。   When the driving force transmission members 603 and 604 are provided so as to rotate integrally with the rotation shaft, the convex connection portions 650b are fitted into the concave connection portions 603g and 604g that are interference fits. Further, when each of the driving force transmission members 603 and 604 is provided so as to be rotatable with respect to the rotation shaft, the convex coupling portion 650b is fitted into the concave coupling portions 103h and 104h that are clearance fits. As a result, when the gear members 603 and 604 are provided so as to rotate integrally with the rotating shaft, it is possible to prevent the generation of sound due to play, and to be rotatable with respect to the rotating shaft. When the gear members 603 and 604 are provided, unnecessary load applied between the gear members 603 and 604 can be reduced. In this way, it is possible to selectively use according to each application, and the degree of freedom in combining the driving force transmission members is improved.

図42〜図63に示す形態では、各ギヤ部材603,604間に、連結部材650を介在するため、各ギヤ部材603,604間に軸線方向に、連結部材650の厚みに応じた間隔が設定されてしまう。設計上これを避けたい場合に、好適に実施することができる形態を、図64および図65を参照して説明する。図64は本発明の第2グループの実施のさらに他の形態の組立体907を示す断面図であり、図65は、組立体907を構成する各ギヤ部材603,604および連結部材650を分解して示す断面図である。上述の形態と対応する部分には、同一の参照符号を付し、異なる構成についてだけ説明する。   42 to 63, since the connecting member 650 is interposed between the gear members 603 and 604, an interval corresponding to the thickness of the connecting member 650 is set between the gear members 603 and 604 in the axial direction. Will be. A form that can be suitably implemented when it is desired to avoid this in design will be described with reference to FIGS. 64 and 65. FIG. FIG. 64 is a sectional view showing an assembly 907 of still another embodiment of the second group of the present invention. FIG. 65 is an exploded view of the gear members 603 and 604 and the connecting member 650 constituting the assembly 907. FIG. Portions corresponding to the above-described embodiment are assigned the same reference numerals, and only different configurations will be described.

各ギヤ部材603,604には、軸線方向両側部に、連結部材650が嵌り込む嵌合部603k,604kが形成される。各嵌合部603k,604kの深さ寸法H25,H26は、等しく選ばれ、かつ各嵌合部603k,604kの深さ寸法H25,H26の和は、連結部材650の凸状連結部650bを除く厚み寸法H24より若干大きくなるように選ばれている。これによって各ギヤ部材603,604を連結部材650によって連結した状態で、連結部材は、各嵌合部603k,604kに嵌まり込んで格納された状態となり、各ギヤ部材603,604を、相互に当接させた状態で、各ギヤ部材603,604間に間隔が設定されない状態で、設けることができる。   The gear members 603 and 604 are formed with fitting portions 603k and 604k into which the connecting member 650 is fitted on both sides in the axial direction. The depth dimensions H25 and H26 of the fitting portions 603k and 604k are selected equally, and the sum of the depth dimensions H25 and H26 of the fitting portions 603k and 604k excludes the convex connecting portion 650b of the connecting member 650. It is selected to be slightly larger than the thickness dimension H24. Thus, in a state where the gear members 603 and 604 are connected by the connecting member 650, the connecting member is fitted and stored in the fitting portions 603k and 604k, and the gear members 603 and 604 are mutually connected. It can be provided in a state in which the gap is not set between the gear members 603 and 604 in a contact state.

また本発明の他の形態として、各ギヤ部材603,604に形成される各嵌合部603k,604kの深さ寸法H25,H26は、異なる深さであってもよい。またいずれか一方のギヤ部材603,604にだけ嵌合部を形成する構成であってもよい。これらのいずれの場合であっても、図64および図65に示す形態と同様の効果を達成することができる。   As another embodiment of the present invention, the depth dimensions H25 and H26 of the fitting portions 603k and 604k formed on the gear members 603 and 604 may be different depths. Moreover, the structure which forms a fitting part only in any one gear member 603,604 may be sufficient. In any of these cases, the same effect as that of the embodiment shown in FIGS. 64 and 65 can be achieved.

図66(1)は、本発明の第2グループの実施のさらに他の形態の組立体908Aを分解して示す断面図であり、図66(2)は、本発明の第2グループの実施のさらに他の形態の組立体908Bを分解して示す断面図であり、図66(3)は、本発明の第2グループの実施のさらに他の形態の組立体908Cを分解して示す断面図である。図66(1)〜図66(3)において、各回転軸703A,703B,703Cは、外径がそれぞれ異なる。   66 (1) is an exploded sectional view showing an assembly 908A of still another embodiment of the second group according to the present invention, and FIG. 66 (2) is an embodiment according to the second group according to the present invention. FIG. 66 (3) is an exploded sectional view showing an assembly 908B of still another embodiment, and FIG. 66 (3) is an exploded sectional view showing an assembly 908C of still another embodiment of the second group of the present invention. is there. 66 (1) to 66 (3), the rotation shafts 703A, 703B, and 703C have different outer diameters.

図66を参照して、複数の回転軸703A,703B,703Cにおいて、軸径d1,d2,dnが異なる場合であっても、同一のギヤ部材601〜604を用いることができる形態について説明する。複写機などの機器においては、特別な場合を除いて、伝達される駆動力が所定の範囲にある。これに基づいて、図66に示すように、共通に用いることを可能にしようとする各ギヤ部材601〜604を支持するための回転軸703A〜703Cの軸径を所定の範囲から各軸径dl〜dnに設定する。予め設定された軸径d1〜dnの回転軸203A〜203Cが回転自在に挿通できるように内径寸法D3l,D32,D3nを有し、かつ一定の外径D30を有する軸径設定部材である軸受け640A1,640A2;640B1,640B2;640C1,640C2(以下、総称するときには、「軸受640」と記す場合がある)を備えるとともに、各ギヤ部材601〜604(図66にはギヤ部材601,604だけを図示)の嵌合孔601c〜604cに、各軸受け640が締まりばめで嵌着されるように、嵌合孔601c〜604cを同一の内径D35に選択する。   With reference to FIG. 66, a description will be given of a mode in which the same gear members 601 to 604 can be used even when the shaft diameters d1, d2, and dn are different among the plurality of rotating shafts 703A, 703B, and 703C. In a device such as a copying machine, the transmitted driving force is within a predetermined range except in special cases. Based on this, as shown in FIG. 66, the shaft diameters of the rotary shafts 703A to 703C for supporting the gear members 601 to 604 that can be used in common are set from the predetermined range to the shaft diameters dl. Set to ~ dn. Bearing 640A1, which is a shaft diameter setting member having inner diameter dimensions D31, D32, and D3n and having a constant outer diameter D30 so that rotary shafts 203A to 203C having predetermined shaft diameters d1 to dn can be rotatably inserted therethrough. 640A2; 640B1, 640B2; 640C1, 640C2 (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "bearings 640"), and gear members 601 to 604 (FIG. 66 shows only the gear members 601 and 604). The fitting holes 601c to 604c are selected to have the same inner diameter D35 so that the bearings 640 are fitted into the fitting holes 601c to 604c.

また、各軸受け640の肉厚が薄すぎると、締まりばめが適切に作用しないので、各軸受け640の肉厚が所定厚さ以上になるように、各軸受け640の外径D30は決定される。各ギヤ部材601〜604の凹状連結部601a〜604aおよび連結部材650の凸状連結部650bは、各歯部601d〜604dと嵌合孔601c〜604cとの間に位置するように形成される。   Further, if the thickness of each bearing 640 is too thin, the interference fit does not work properly. Therefore, the outer diameter D30 of each bearing 640 is determined so that the thickness of each bearing 640 is equal to or greater than a predetermined thickness. . The concave connection portions 601a to 604a of the gear members 601 to 604 and the convex connection portion 650b of the connection member 650 are formed between the tooth portions 601d to 604d and the fitting holes 601c to 604c.

このような各軸受を640を用いることによって、各軸受け640の各軸孔641A1,641A2;641B1,641B2;641C1,641C2に回転軸203A〜203Cを挿通させることによって、各ギヤ部材601〜604を回転自在に支持することができ、さらに同―のギヤ部材601〜604を異なる径の回転軸203A〜203Cによって支持することができる。したがって、同―の歯部、たとえば歯部603cを有するギヤ部材603を外径の異なる回転軸203A〜203C毎にその外径d1〜dnに対応して、各ギヤ部材601〜604をそれぞれ成型する必要が無く、成型すべきギヤ部材601〜604の種類が径の違いによる回転軸の種類に関係なく、少なくすることができる。この場合、各軸受け640自体は形状も簡単で、その寸法も小さいので、軸受け640を樹脂成形で形成しても、ギヤ部材の金型に比して、コストは低く、また全体の金型の種類も少なくなり、製造コストが低減される。   By using the bearings 640 for such bearings, the shaft members 641A1, 641A2; 641B1, 641B2; 641C1, 641C2 of the bearings 640 are inserted into the rotating shafts 203A to 203C, thereby rotating the gear members 601 to 604. The same gear members 601 to 604 can be supported by the rotating shafts 203A to 203C having different diameters. Therefore, the gear members 603 having the same tooth part, for example, the tooth part 603c, are formed respectively for the rotating shafts 203A to 203C having different outer diameters corresponding to the outer diameters d1 to dn. There is no need, and the number of types of gear members 601 to 604 to be molded can be reduced regardless of the type of rotating shaft due to the difference in diameter. In this case, since each bearing 640 itself is simple in shape and small in size, even if the bearing 640 is formed by resin molding, the cost is lower than the mold of the gear member, and the entire mold The number of types is reduced, and the manufacturing cost is reduced.

ここで、上記の図42〜図66に示す本発明の第2グループの実施の各形態の構成において、有効径の異なる駆動力伝達部材をも連結することができる構成を説明したけれども、このように有効径の異なる駆動力伝達部材を共通の凹状連結部および凸状連結部によって連結するために、凹状連結部および凸状連結部は、最小有効径の駆動力伝達部材の軸線と外周部との間に位置する半径を有する領域に形成すればよい。これによって駆動力伝達部材の有効径に拘わらず、すべての駆動力伝達部材に、共通の凹状連結部または凸状連結部を形成することができ、かつ連結部材にも共通の凹状連結部または凸状連結部を形成することができる。したがってすべての駆動力伝達部材を連結することが可能になる。   Here, in the configuration of each embodiment of the second group of the present invention shown in FIGS. 42 to 66 described above, the configuration capable of connecting the driving force transmission members having different effective diameters has been described. In order to connect the driving force transmission members having different effective diameters to each other by the common concave coupling portion and the convex coupling portion, the concave coupling portion and the convex coupling portion are connected to the axis and the outer peripheral portion of the driving force transmission member having the smallest effective diameter. What is necessary is just to form in the area | region which has a radius located between. As a result, regardless of the effective diameter of the driving force transmission member, it is possible to form a common concave coupling portion or convex coupling portion on all the driving force transmission members, and also use a common concave coupling portion or convex projection on the coupling member. A connecting portion can be formed. Therefore, it becomes possible to connect all the driving force transmission members.

また駆動力伝達部材を用いて構成される複合型駆動力伝達部品に、駆動力を伝達するために必要な強度を与えるために、凹状連結部および凸状連結部は、駆動力伝達するときに凸状連結部に掛かる力に基づいて形状が決定されてもよい。これによって不必要に大きな凹状連結部および凸状連結部を形成することなく、かつ凸状連結部に駆動力を伝達するために十分な強度を与えることができる。さらに、凹状連結部および凸状連結部、特に凸状連結部は、周方向に延びる形状に形成されてもよい。これによって凸状連結部の軸線方向に垂直な断面の面積を小さくし、かつ駆動力を伝達するときにかかる力に対する強度を高くすることができる。   Further, in order to give the composite driving force transmission component configured using the driving force transmission member the strength necessary for transmitting the driving force, the concave coupling portion and the convex coupling portion are used when transmitting the driving force. The shape may be determined based on the force applied to the convex connection portion. Thus, it is possible to give sufficient strength to transmit the driving force to the convex connection portion without forming an unnecessarily large concave connection portion and convex connection portion. Furthermore, the concave connection portion and the convex connection portion, particularly the convex connection portion, may be formed in a shape extending in the circumferential direction. As a result, the area of the cross section perpendicular to the axial direction of the convex coupling portion can be reduced, and the strength against the force applied when transmitting the driving force can be increased.

さらにすべての駆動力伝達部材の組み合わせを、駆動力を伝達可能な十分な機械的強度を付与した状態で、可能とするために、連結される駆動力伝達部材に関して、軸線から駆動伝達作用部、ギヤ部材でたとえるなら歯部までの距離が大きく異なる場合には、各駆動力伝達部材間で大きなトルクを伝達しなければならない。このとき各駆動力伝達部材が伝達しなければならいトルクは、共に同じである。この点を考慮し、各凹状連結部および凸状連結部の形状および寸法は、最大有効径の駆動力伝達部材と最小有効径の駆動力伝達部材とを連結するときに、発生する最大トルクを想定し、この最大トルクを伝達可能とする形状および寸法に決定されるようにしてもよい。これによって駆動力伝達部材をいずれの組合わせで連結しても、凸状連結部は十分な強度を有している状態となる。   Furthermore, in order to enable all combinations of driving force transmission members with sufficient mechanical strength capable of transmitting the driving force, with respect to the driving force transmission members to be connected, the drive transmission acting portion from the axis line, For example, when the distance to the tooth portion is greatly different from that of the gear member, a large torque must be transmitted between the driving force transmitting members. At this time, the torque that each driving force transmission member must transmit is the same. Considering this point, the shape and size of each concave connecting portion and the convex connecting portion are determined so that the maximum torque generated when the driving force transmitting member having the maximum effective diameter and the driving force transmitting member having the minimum effective diameter are connected to each other. Assuming that the maximum torque can be transmitted, the shape and size may be determined. As a result, even if the driving force transmission member is connected in any combination, the convex connection portion has a sufficient strength.

さらにこのような有効径が大きく異なる駆動力伝達部材を連結し、凹状連結部および凸状連結部には大きな力が加わる構成において、その凸状連結部が破損したり、あるいは駆動力伝達部材が凹状連結部または凸状連結部と駆動伝達作用部間が歪んで駆動伝達作用部に影響を与えて、駆動力が適切に伝達できないという問題点が生じないように、信頼性を向上する形態を、図67を参照して説明する。   Further, in the configuration in which driving force transmission members having greatly different effective diameters are connected and a large force is applied to the concave connecting portion and the convex connecting portion, the convex connecting portion is damaged or the driving force transmitting member is A form that improves the reliability so that the problem that the drive force cannot be properly transmitted due to the distortion between the concave connection part or the convex connection part and the drive transmission action part that affects the drive transmission action part does not occur. This will be described with reference to FIG.

図67は、本発明の第2グループの実施のさらに他の形態の組立体920を示す断面図である。上述の形態と対応する部分には同一の参照符号を付し、異なる構成についてだけ説明する。各ギヤ部材671,672は、軸線方向両側部に、凹状連結部671a,672aがそれぞれ形成されている。各凹状連結部671a,672aは、上述の各ギヤ部材601〜604の各凹状連結部601a〜604aとほぼ同様の構成を有し、同様に周方向に180度ずつ位相をずらせて2箇所形成されている。   FIG. 67 is a cross-sectional view showing an assembly 920 according to still another embodiment of the second group of the present invention. Portions corresponding to the above-described embodiment are assigned the same reference numerals, and only different configurations will be described. Each of the gear members 671 and 672 has concave connecting portions 671a and 672a formed on both sides in the axial direction. Each of the concave connection portions 671a and 672a has substantially the same configuration as each of the concave connection portions 601a to 604a of each of the gear members 601 to 604 described above, and is similarly formed at two positions with a phase shift of 180 degrees in the circumferential direction. ing.

有効径が小さいギヤ部材671の凹状連結部671aは、回転軸703が挿通される軸受け孔671cと歯部671dとの間の軸線Oから距離R20の位置に形成されている。有効径が大きいギヤ部材672の凹状連結部672aは、回転軸703が挿通される軸受け孔672cと歯部672dとの間の軸線Oから距離R21の位置に形成されている。有効径の大きいギヤ部材672の凹状連結部672aの軸線から距離R21は、有効径の小さいギヤ部材671の凹状連結部671aの軸線から距離R20より大きく選ばれている。   The concave connecting portion 671a of the gear member 671 having a small effective diameter is formed at a position of a distance R20 from the axis O between the bearing hole 671c through which the rotating shaft 703 is inserted and the tooth portion 671d. The concave coupling portion 672a of the gear member 672 having a large effective diameter is formed at a position of a distance R21 from the axis O between the bearing hole 672c through which the rotating shaft 703 is inserted and the tooth portion 672d. The distance R21 from the axis of the concave coupling portion 672a of the gear member 672 having a large effective diameter is selected to be greater than the distance R20 from the axis of the concave coupling portion 671a of the gear member 671 having a small effective diameter.

連結部材652には、軸線方向両側部に、凸状連結部652b1,652b2が、周方向180度ずつ位相をずらせて2箇所それぞれ形成されている。軸線方向一側部の凸状連結部652b1は、有効径の小さいギヤ部材671の凹状連結部671aに嵌合可能なように、軸線Oからの距離R20の位置に形成されている。軸線方向他側部の凸状連結部652b2は、有効径の大きいギヤ部材672の凹状連結部672aに嵌合可能なように、軸線Oからの距離R21の位置に形成されている。   The connecting member 652 is formed with two convex connecting portions 652b1 and 652b2 on both sides in the axial direction, with a phase difference of 180 degrees in the circumferential direction. The convex connection portion 652b1 on one side in the axial direction is formed at a position of a distance R20 from the axis O so as to be fitted to the concave connection portion 671a of the gear member 671 having a small effective diameter. The convex coupling portion 652b2 on the other side in the axial direction is formed at a position of a distance R21 from the axis O so as to be fitted into the concave coupling portion 672a of the gear member 672 having a large effective diameter.

各ギヤ部材671,672は、連結部材652の軸線方向一側部の凸状連結部652b1がギヤ部材671の凹状連結部671aに嵌合され、連結部材652の軸線方向他側部の凸状連結部652b2がギヤ部材672の凹状連結部672aに嵌合され、連結部材652を介して連結される。これによって、凹状連結部または凸状連結部、本形態では凹状連結部が半径方向に異なる位置に形成される各駆動力伝達部材を、連結部材を介して連結することが可能になる。さらに有効径の大きな駆動力伝達部材には、軸線からの距離が大きくなる位置に凹状連結部または凸状連結部、本形態では凹状連結部を形成することによって、少なくともこの有効径の大きな駆動力伝達部材に形成される凹状連結部または凸状連結部、本形態では凹状連結部におきな力がかかることを防止することができる。これによって、少なくとも有効径の大きな駆動力伝達部材の凸状連結部、またはこの駆動力伝達部材の凹状連結部に嵌合される連結部材の凸状連結部を、損傷しにくくすることができる。またこのような構成によって、有効径の大きな駆動力伝達部材において、駆動力伝達作用部、本形態では歯部と、凹状連結部または凸状連結部、本形態では凹状連結部との距離を小さくし、駆動力伝達部材が凹状連結部または凸状連結部と駆動伝達作用部とので間が歪んでしまい、駆動伝達作用部に影響を与えて、駆動力が適切に伝達できないという不具合が生じることを防ぐことができる。   In each gear member 671, 672, the convex connection portion 652 b 1 on one side in the axial direction of the connection member 652 is fitted into the concave connection portion 671 a of the gear member 671, and the convex connection on the other side in the axial direction of the connection member 652. The portion 652b2 is fitted into the concave coupling portion 672a of the gear member 672, and is coupled via the coupling member 652. Accordingly, it is possible to connect the driving force transmitting members formed at the positions where the concave connecting portion or the convex connecting portion, in this embodiment, the concave connecting portion is different in the radial direction, via the connecting member. Further, a driving force transmitting member having a large effective diameter is formed on the driving force transmitting member having a large effective diameter by forming a concave connecting portion or a convex connecting portion, in this embodiment a concave connecting portion, at a position where the distance from the axis increases. It is possible to prevent an excessive force from being applied to the concave connection portion or the convex connection portion formed in the transmission member, in this embodiment, the concave connection portion. As a result, at least the convex connection part of the driving force transmission member having a large effective diameter or the convex connection part of the connection member fitted to the concave connection part of the driving force transmission member can be made difficult to be damaged. In addition, with such a configuration, in a driving force transmission member having a large effective diameter, the distance between the driving force transmission operation portion, in this embodiment, the tooth portion, and the concave connection portion or the convex connection portion, in this embodiment, the concave connection portion is reduced. In addition, the driving force transmission member is distorted between the concave coupling part or the convex coupling part and the driving transmission action part, which affects the driving transmission action part and causes a problem that the driving force cannot be transmitted properly. Can be prevented.

以上、図42〜図67を参照して、本発明の第2グループの様々な形態について詳述したけれども、本発明のうち第2グループの発明は、上述の形態に限定されることはない。例えば、図68に示す他の形態の組立体921のように、駆動伝達部材である各ギヤ部材681,682は、軸線方向両側部に、凹状連結部681a,682aおよび凸状連結部681b,682bがそれぞれ形成され、連結部材653は、軸線方向両側部に、凹状連結部653aおよび凸状連結部653bがそれぞれ形成される構成であってもよい。このような構成において、凹状連結部および凸状連結部は、周方向にたとえば90度ずつ位相をずらせて、交互に形成されるようにすればよい。このような構成であっても、上述の形態と同様に、凹状連結部681a,682a;653aおよび凸状連結部681b,682b;653bによって、各ギヤ部材681,682は、連結部材653を介して、駆動力を伝達可能に連結可能であるとともに、連結部材653の厚みに応じて、または前述の間隔設定部材を用いて、各ギヤ部材681,682間の間隔を設定することができる。   As mentioned above, although various forms of the 2nd group of the present invention were explained in full detail with reference to FIGS. 42-67, invention of the 2nd group among the present invention is not limited to the above-mentioned form. For example, like the assembly 921 in another form shown in FIG. 68, the gear members 681 and 682 which are drive transmission members are provided with concave connection portions 681a and 682a and convex connection portions 681b and 682b on both sides in the axial direction. The connecting member 653 may have a configuration in which a concave connecting portion 653a and a convex connecting portion 653b are formed on both sides in the axial direction. In such a configuration, the concave coupling portions and the convex coupling portions may be formed alternately by shifting the phase by 90 degrees, for example, in the circumferential direction. Even in this configuration, the gear members 681 and 682 are connected to each other through the connecting member 653 by the concave connecting portions 681a and 682a; 653a and the convex connecting portions 681b and 682b; In addition to being able to be coupled so as to be able to transmit the driving force, the distance between the gear members 681 and 682 can be set according to the thickness of the coupling member 653 or using the above-described distance setting member.

また、図69に示す他の形態の組立体922のように、駆動伝達部材である各ギヤ部材683,684は、軸線方向両側部に、凸状連結部683b,684bがそれぞれ形成され、連結部材654は、軸線方向両側部に、凹状連結部654aがそれぞれ形成される構成であってもよい。このような構成において、凹状連結部および凸状連結部は、周方向にたとえば90度ずつ位相をずらせて、交互に形成されるようにすればよい。このような構成であっても、上述の形態と同様に、凹状連結部683a,684a;654aおよび凸状連結部683b,684b;654bによって、各ギヤ部材683,684は、連結部材654を介して、駆動力を伝達可能に連結可能であるとともに、連結部材654の厚みに応じて、または前述の間隔設定部材を用いて、各ギヤ部材683,684間の間隔を設定することができる。   69, each gear member 683, 684, which is a drive transmission member, has convex connecting portions 683b, 684b formed on both sides in the axial direction. 654 may be configured such that concave coupling portions 654a are formed on both sides in the axial direction. In such a configuration, the concave coupling portions and the convex coupling portions may be formed alternately by shifting the phase by 90 degrees, for example, in the circumferential direction. Even in such a configuration, the gear members 683 and 684 are connected to each other via the connecting member 654 by the concave connecting portions 683a and 684a; 654a and the convex connecting portions 683b, 684b and 654b. In addition to being able to be coupled so as to be able to transmit the driving force, the distance between the gear members 683 and 684 can be set according to the thickness of the coupling member 654 or using the above-described distance setting member.

さらに本発明のうち第2グループの発明は、以下のような構成を含んでいる。
(1)駆動力伝達部材の回転支持部材である回転軸は、樹脂製の駆動フレームに一体的に成型されても良いし、板金製の駆動フレームに金属製の回転支持部材をカシメ等で一体的に固定しても良い。
Furthermore, the invention of the second group of the present invention includes the following configurations.
(1) The rotation shaft, which is a rotation support member of the drive force transmission member, may be formed integrally with a resin drive frame, or a metal rotation support member is integrated with a sheet metal drive frame by caulking or the like. May be fixed.

(2)駆動力伝達部材は、ギヤ部材でもタイミングベルトを張架するプーリ部材、摩擦車部材などでも良い。   (2) The driving force transmission member may be a gear member, a pulley member that stretches a timing belt, a friction wheel member, or the like.

(3)回転支持部材の同―軸線上で隣り合わせて配置した2つの駆動力伝達部材の組合せ方は、同―の駆動伝達作用部を有する駆動力伝達部材同士、例えば、ギヤ部材とギヤ部材でも良いし、異なる駆動伝達作用部を有する駆動力伝達部材同士、例えばギヤ部材とプーリ部材であっても良い。   (3) The combination of the two driving force transmission members arranged adjacent to each other on the same axis of the rotation support member is the same as the driving force transmission members having the same driving transmission action portion, for example, a gear member and a gear member. Alternatively, the driving force transmission members having different drive transmission acting portions, for example, a gear member and a pulley member may be used.

(4)軸線に垂直な方向の凸状連結部の断面形状と、軸線に垂直な方向の凹状連結部の断面形状とは、前述のようにほぼ同様の形状とする必要はない。   (4) The cross-sectional shape of the convex coupling portion in the direction perpendicular to the axis and the cross-sectional shape of the concave coupling portion in the direction perpendicular to the axis need not be substantially the same as described above.

(5)凹状連結部と凸状連結部の形状を異ならせる構成として、たとえば、図70(1)の正面図、図70(2)の図70(1)における切断面線PP−PPによる断面図および図70(3)の背面図に示すように、また図71(1)の正面図、図71(2)の図71(1)における切断面線QQ−QQによる断面図および図71(3)の背面図に示すように、駆動力伝達部材であるギヤ部材690,691は、の軸受け孔690c,691cと歯部690d,690dとを連結するように設けた補強リブ690e,691eの間の凹部を凹状連結部690a,691aとしても良い。このような構成であってもどうように、連結部材によって連結することができる。   (5) As a configuration in which the shapes of the concave connecting portion and the convex connecting portion are different, for example, a front view of FIG. 70 (1) and a cross section taken along the cutting plane line PP-PP in FIG. 70 (1) of FIG. 71 (1), a front view of FIG. 71 (1), a cross-sectional view taken along section line QQ-QQ in FIG. 71 (1) of FIG. 71 (2), and FIG. As shown in the rear view of 3), the gear members 690 and 691 which are driving force transmission members are provided between the reinforcing ribs 690e and 691e provided so as to connect the bearing holes 690c and 691c and the tooth portions 690d and 690d. It is good also considering the recessed part of this as the recessed connection part 690a, 691a. Even if it is such a structure, it can connect with a connection member how.

(6)また凹状連結部に凸状連結部は、上述の形態では、2箇所で嵌合する構成を中心に説明したけれども、凹状連結部に凸状連結部は、3箇所以上で係合するようにしてもよく、あるいは、1箇所で嵌合するようにしても良い。   (6) Further, in the above-described embodiment, the convex coupling part is engaged with the concave coupling part mainly focusing on the configuration of fitting at two places, but the convex coupling part is engaged with the concave coupling part at three or more places. Alternatively, it may be fitted at one place.

(7)凹状連結部と凸状連結部との周方向の位相ずれは、どのような位相ずれで配置されていても良い。
(8)凹状連結部の深さ寸法より凸状連結部の高さ寸法が大きい構成であっても良い。
(7) The phase shift in the circumferential direction between the concave connection portion and the convex connection portion may be arranged with any phase shift.
(8) The height dimension of the convex coupling part may be larger than the depth dimension of the concave coupling part.

(9)駆動力伝達部材は凹状連結部または凸状連結部のいずれ―方を有し、連結部材は駆動力伝達部材の凹状連結部に嵌合可能な凸状連結部または駆動力伝達部材の凸状連結部が嵌合可能な凹状連結部のいずれか―方を有する構成を説明したけれども、駆動力伝達部材および連結部材は、凹状連結部と凸状連結部との両方を軸線方向のいずれかの側部それぞれ有していても良い。   (9) The driving force transmitting member has either a concave connecting portion or a convex connecting portion, and the connecting member is a convex connecting portion or a driving force transmitting member that can be fitted into the concave connecting portion of the driving force transmitting member. Although the configuration having either one of the concave coupling portions to which the convex coupling portion can be fitted has been described, the driving force transmission member and the coupling member are both axially arranged in the concave coupling portion and the convex coupling portion. Each of these side portions may be provided.

(10)駆動力伝達部材の駆動伝達作用部を決定する設計パラメータ、ギヤ部材であれば、歯数、モジュール、歯幅、材質については特に限定しなかったけれども、これら設計パラメータの異なる駆動力伝達部材、または設定パラメータが同一な駆動力伝達部材を同―軸線上で隣り合わせて連結しても良い。   (10) In the case of design parameters and gear members that determine the drive transmission action part of the drive force transmission member, the number of teeth, the module, the tooth width, and the material are not particularly limited. The members or the driving force transmitting members having the same setting parameter may be connected side by side on the same axis.

(11)駆動力伝達部材が回転支持部材に回転自在に固定される場合でも、駆動力伝達部材が係止ビンなどで回転支持部材に固定されて一体的に回転する場合でも本発明は適用できる。   (11) The present invention can be applied even when the driving force transmission member is rotatably fixed to the rotation support member or when the driving force transmission member is fixed to the rotation support member by a locking bin or the like and rotates integrally. .

以上、本発明の様々な形態に関して説明したが、上述の構成を、単独で、あるいは組合わせて、実施することで、金型費用のかかる駆動力伝達部材の種類をよりー層少なくしつつ、同―軸線上で隣り合わせた駆動力伝達部材間で駆動力を伝達可能にすると共に駆動力伝達部材単独でも使用可能にすることができる。   As described above, various embodiments of the present invention have been described. However, by implementing the above-described configuration alone or in combination, the number of types of driving force transmission members that require mold costs is further reduced. The driving force can be transmitted between the driving force transmitting members adjacent to each other on the same axis, and the driving force transmitting member can be used alone.

なお、第1グループの図27〜図35および図37に示した間隔設定部材と、本発明の第2グループの連結部材とは、共通の機能を有している。   In addition, the space | interval setting member shown to FIGS. 27-35 and 37 of a 1st group and the connection member of the 2nd group of this invention have a common function.

次に、本発明に関連する第3グループについて説明する。上述の第2グループの説明において、図67を参照して、有効径が大きく異なる駆動伝達部材を、連結部材を用いて駆動力の伝達を可能に連結する形態を説明したけれども、連結部材を用いずに、駆動力伝達部材だけでも、有効径が異なる駆動力伝達部材を連結することができる。これを図72〜図74を参照して説明する。   Next, the third group related to the present invention will be described. In the description of the second group described above, with reference to FIG. 67, the description has been given of the form in which the driving transmission members having greatly different effective diameters are connected using the connecting member so that the driving force can be transmitted. Instead, it is possible to connect driving force transmission members having different effective diameters only with the driving force transmission member. This will be described with reference to FIGS.

図72(1)は本発明に関連する第3グループの実施の一形態の駆動力伝達部材であるギヤ部材690を示す正面図であり、図72(2)は図72(1)の切断面線RR−RRから見たギヤ部材690の断面図であり、図72(3)はギヤ部材690の背面図である。図73(1)はギヤ部材690と連結可能なギヤ部材691を示す正面図であり、図73(2)は図73(1)の切断面線TT−TTから見たギヤ部材691の断面図であり、図73(3)はギヤ部材691の背面図である。図74(1)は各ギヤ部材690,961と連結可能なギヤ部材692を示す正面図であり、図74(2)は図74(1)の切断面線UU−UUから見たギヤ部材692の断面図であり、図7(3)はギヤ部材692の背面図である。本形態では、前述のように駆動伝達部材として、外周部の歯部を他の部材と噛合することによって駆動力を伝達する3種類のギヤ部材690〜692を例に挙げて説明する。   FIG. 72 (1) is a front view showing a gear member 690 which is a driving force transmission member of a third group of embodiments related to the present invention, and FIG. 72 (2) is a cut surface of FIG. 72 (1). It is sectional drawing of the gear member 690 seen from line RR-RR, FIG.72 (3) is a rear view of the gear member 690. FIG. 73 (1) is a front view showing a gear member 691 that can be connected to the gear member 690, and FIG. 73 (2) is a cross-sectional view of the gear member 691 as seen from the section line TT-TT in FIG. 73 (1). FIG. 73 (3) is a rear view of the gear member 691. 74 (1) is a front view showing a gear member 692 that can be connected to each of the gear members 690 and 961, and FIG. 74 (2) is a gear member 692 as viewed from the cutting plane line UU-UU of FIG. 74 (1). FIG. 7 (3) is a rear view of the gear member 692. In the present embodiment, as described above, three types of gear members 690 to 692 that transmit driving force by engaging the teeth of the outer peripheral portion with other members will be described as examples of the drive transmission member.

最も有効径の小さい小径のギヤ部材690には、軸線方向一側部に軸線方向他側部に向かって残余の部分よりも凹む凹状連結部690aが形成されており、凹状連結部690aを設けた軸線方向一側部とは反対側の軸線方向他側部に軸線方向一側部から離反する方向に残余の部分よりも突出する凸状連結部690bが形成されている。凹状連結部690aを設けた軸線方向一側部とは反対側の軸線方向他側部に軸線方向一側部から離反する方向に残余の部分よりも突出する凸状連結部690bが形成されている。凹状連結部690aと凸状連結部690bとは、嵌合可能な形状に形成され、軸線に対して同一距離の位置に配置されている。   The gear member 690 having the smallest effective diameter has a concave coupling portion 690a that is recessed from the remaining portion toward the other side portion in the axial direction on one side portion in the axial direction, and is provided with a concave coupling portion 690a. A convex connecting portion 690b that protrudes from the remaining portion in the direction away from the one side in the axial direction is formed on the other side in the axial direction opposite to the one side in the axial direction. A convex connecting portion 690b that protrudes from the remaining portion in the direction away from the one axial direction side is formed on the other axial side opposite to the one axial side provided with the concave connecting portion 690a. . The concave connection portion 690a and the convex connection portion 690b are formed in a shape that can be fitted, and are disposed at the same distance from the axis.

小径のギヤ部材690よりも有効径の大きい中径のギヤ部材691には、軸線方向一側部に軸線方向他側部に向かって残余の部分よりも凹む凹状連結部691a1,691a2が形成されており、各凹状連結部691a1,691a2は、軸線からの距離が異なる位置に形成されている。凹状連結部691a1は、小径のギヤ部材690の凹状連結部690aおよび凸状連結部690bと軸線からの距離が同一となるように形成され、凹状連結部691a2は、凹状連結部691a1よりも軸線からの距離が大きくなる位置に形成されている。またギヤ部材691には、凹状連結部691a1,691a2を設けた軸線方向一側部とは反対側の軸線方向他側部に軸線方向一側部から離反する方向に残余の部分よりも突出する凸状連結部691bが形成されている。凹状連結部691a2と凸状連結部691bとは、嵌合可能な形状に形成され、軸線に対して同一距離の位置に配置されている。   The medium-diameter gear member 691 having an effective diameter larger than that of the small-diameter gear member 690 is formed with concave connection portions 691a1 and 691a2 that are recessed from the remaining portion toward the other axial portion on one side in the axial direction. The concave connecting portions 691a1 and 691a2 are formed at different positions from the axis. The concave connecting portion 691a1 is formed so that the distance from the axis is the same as the concave connecting portion 690a and the convex connecting portion 690b of the small-diameter gear member 690, and the concave connecting portion 691a2 is closer to the axis than the concave connecting portion 691a1. It is formed at a position where the distance becomes larger. Further, the gear member 691 has a protrusion protruding from the remaining portion in the direction away from the one side in the axial direction on the other side in the axial direction opposite to the one side in the axial direction provided with the concave connecting portions 691a1 and 691a2. A connecting portion 691b is formed. The concave connection portion 691a2 and the convex connection portion 691b are formed in a shape that can be fitted, and are disposed at the same distance from the axis.

中径のギヤ部材691よりも有効径の大きい大径のギヤ部材692には、軸線方向一側部に軸線方向他側部に向かって残余の部分よりも凹む凹状連結部692a1,692a2,692a3が形成されており、各凹状連結部692a1〜692a3は、軸線からの距離がことなる位置に形成されている。凹状連結部692a1は、小径のギヤ部材690の凹状連結部690aおよび凸状連結部690bと軸線からの距離が同一となるように形成され、凹状連結部692a2は、中径のギヤ部材691の凹状連結部691a2および凸状連結部691bと軸線からの距離が同一となるように形成され、凹状連結部692a3は、凹状連結部692a2よりも軸線からの距離が大きくなる位置に形成されている。またギヤ部材692には、凹状連結部692a1〜692a3を設けた軸線方向一側部とは反対側の軸線方向他側部に軸線方向一側部から離反する方向に残余の部分よりも突出する凸状連結部692bが形成されている。凹状連結部692a3と凸状連結部692bとは、嵌合可能な形状に形成され、軸線に対して同一距離の位置に配置されている。   The large-diameter gear member 692 having an effective diameter larger than that of the medium-diameter gear member 691 has concave coupling portions 692a1, 692a2, and 692a3 that are recessed in one axial direction side portion from the remaining portion toward the other axial direction side portion. The concave connection portions 692a1 to 692a3 are formed at different positions from the axis. The concave coupling portion 692a1 is formed such that the distance from the axis is the same as the concave coupling portion 690a and the convex coupling portion 690b of the small-diameter gear member 690, and the concave coupling portion 692a2 is a concave shape of the medium-diameter gear member 691. The connecting portion 691a2 and the convex connecting portion 691b are formed to have the same distance from the axis, and the concave connecting portion 692a3 is formed at a position where the distance from the axis is larger than the concave connecting portion 692a2. Further, the gear member 692 has a protrusion protruding from the remaining portion in the direction away from the one side in the axial direction on the other side in the axial direction opposite to the one side in the axial direction provided with the concave coupling portions 692a1 to 692a3. A connecting portion 692b is formed. The concave connection portion 692a3 and the convex connection portion 692b are formed in a shape that can be fitted, and are disposed at the same distance from the axis.

各凹状連結部690a;691a1,691a2;692a1〜692a3の深さ寸法H42よりも、各凸状連結部690b〜692bの高さ寸法H41が小さくなるように(H41<H42)形成されている。また凸状連結部690bは、各凹状連結部690a,691a1,692a1に、大きくがたつくことなく安定して嵌合し、かつその嵌合および離脱動作を円滑に行うことができる形状に形成されている。凸状連結部691bは、各凹状連結部691a2,692a2に、大きくがたつくことなく安定して嵌合し、かつその嵌合および離脱動作を円滑に行うことができる形状に形成されている。凸状連結部692bは、凹状連結部692a3に、大きくがたつくことなく安定して嵌合し、かつその嵌合および離脱動作を円滑に行うことができる形状に形成されている。   Each concave coupling portion 690a; 691a1, 691a2; 692a1 to 692a3 is formed so that the height dimension H41 of each convex coupling portion 690b to 692b is smaller (H41 <H42). In addition, the convex connection portion 690b is formed in a shape that can be stably fitted to the concave connection portions 690a, 691a1, and 692a1 without significant backlash, and that the fitting and detaching operations can be smoothly performed. . The convex connecting portion 691b is formed in a shape that can be stably fitted to the concave connecting portions 691a2 and 692a2 without being greatly struck, and that the fitting and detaching operations can be smoothly performed. The convex connection part 692b is formed in a shape that can be stably fitted to the concave connection part 692a3 without significant backlash and that the fitting and detaching operations can be smoothly performed.

これらの各凹状連結部690a;691a,691a2;692a1〜692a2と、各凸状連結部690b〜692bとは、前述のように各ギヤ部材690〜692の中心部に軸線方向に貫通して形成される軸受け孔690c〜692cと駆動力伝達作用部である歯部690d〜692dとの間に、周方向に180度毎に2箇所形成されている。   Each of these concave connection portions 690a; 691a, 691a2; 692a1 to 692a2 and each of the convex connection portions 690b to 692b are formed so as to penetrate the central portions of the respective gear members 690 to 692 in the axial direction as described above. Are formed at every 180 degrees in the circumferential direction between the bearing holes 690c to 692c and the tooth portions 690d to 692d which are driving force transmission acting portions.

このように構成することによって、各ギヤ部材690〜692は、選択的用いて、各凹状連結部690a;691a,691a2;692a1〜692a2と、各凸状連結部690b〜692bとによって、駆動力を伝達可能に、かつ軸方向によって着脱可能に連結することができる。したがって連結部材を用いない構成で、少ない種類の駆動力伝達部材を用いて、多数の複合型駆動力伝達部品を組立てることが可能であり、金型に必要な費用を少なくすることができるとともに、図67に示す形態と同様の効果を達成することができる。   With this configuration, the gear members 690 to 692 are selectively used to generate driving force by the concave connection portions 690a; 691a, 691a2; 692a1 to 692a2 and the convex connection portions 690b to 692b. It can be connected so that transmission is possible and detachable depending on the axial direction. Therefore, it is possible to assemble a large number of composite driving force transmission parts using a small number of types of driving force transmission members with a configuration that does not use a connecting member, and the cost required for the mold can be reduced. The same effect as that of the embodiment shown in FIG. 67 can be achieved.

次に、本発明に関連する第4グループについて、図75〜図85を参照して説明する。上述のグループの発明の構成において、間隔設定部材106,130,131;750〜752を用いて、駆動力伝達部材間の間隔を設定する構成では、駆動力伝達部材の周方向に設けた連結部の数に対応して、最小係合深さが決定されるので、駆動伝連部材の相互位置の最小設定量および設定段数が決まる。駆動力伝達部材間の相互位置のを設定できる最小設定量をより小さくして、設定段数を増やすと、駆動力伝達部材の強度上不利になったり、駆動伝達作用部の寸歩楕度の低下などの不具合を発生させてしまうおそれがあり、特に、軸受け孔に近い所に凹状連結部または凸状連結部が形成される場合に、その傾向が強くなる。   Next, a fourth group related to the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. In the configuration of the above-described group invention, in the configuration in which the interval between the driving force transmission members is set using the interval setting members 106, 130, 131; 750 to 752, the connecting portion provided in the circumferential direction of the driving force transmission member Since the minimum engagement depth is determined in accordance with the number of the drive transmission members, the minimum set amount and the set step number of the mutual positions of the drive transmission members are determined. If the minimum setting amount that can set the mutual position between the driving force transmission members is made smaller and the number of setting steps is increased, it will be disadvantageous in terms of the strength of the driving force transmission member and the ellipticity of the drive transmission action part will be reduced Such a problem may occur. In particular, when a concave coupling portion or a convex coupling portion is formed near the bearing hole, the tendency becomes strong.

このような問題点を解消するために、本発明に関連する第4グループの発明は、好適に実施される。図75は、は本発明に関連する第4グループの実施の一形態の駆動力伝達部材の連結構造が実施される組立体925を示す断面図である。図76(1)は組立体925を構成する駆動力伝達部材であるギヤ部材695を示す正面図であり、図76(2)は図76(1)の切断面線WW−WWから見たギヤ部材695の断面図であり、図76(3)はギヤ部材695の背面図である。図77(1)は組立体925を構成するギヤ部材696を示す正面図であり、図77(2)は図77(1)の切断面線XX−XXから見たギヤ部材697の断面図であり、図77(3)はギヤ部材696の背面図である。本形態では、前述のように駆動伝達部材として、外周部の歯部を他の部材と噛合することによって駆動力を伝達する2種類のギヤ部材695,696を例に挙げて説明する。   In order to eliminate such problems, the fourth group of inventions related to the present invention is preferably implemented. FIG. 75 is a cross-sectional view showing an assembly 925 in which the driving force transmission member coupling structure of the fourth group of embodiments related to the present invention is implemented. 76 (1) is a front view showing a gear member 695 which is a driving force transmission member constituting the assembly 925, and FIG. 76 (2) is a gear viewed from the section line WW-WW in FIG. 76 (1). FIG. 76 is a sectional view of the member 695, and FIG. 76 (3) is a rear view of the gear member 695. 77 (1) is a front view showing the gear member 696 constituting the assembly 925, and FIG. 77 (2) is a cross-sectional view of the gear member 697 as seen from the section line XX-XX in FIG. 77 (1). FIG. 77 (3) is a rear view of the gear member 696. In this embodiment, as described above, two types of gear members 695 and 696 that transmit driving force by engaging the teeth on the outer peripheral portion with other members will be described as examples of the drive transmission member.

ギヤ部材695には、軸線方向一側部に係合手段695fが形成されている。係合手段695fは、周方向に180度毎に2箇所形成されている。係合手段695fには、図78に拡大して示すように、周方向に等間隔に隣接して、複数の凹所695aおよび複数の突起695bが交互に形成されている。各凹所695aは、V字状の凹所であり、各凹所685a間の各突起695bは、逆V字状の突起である。各凹所695aおよび各突起695bは、係合代K1を有し、周方向に一定の距離向かうにつれて、軸線方向に一定距離ずれて、すなわち1ピッチp毎に、段差hを有して形成されている。ギヤ部材696にも、ギヤ部材695と同様に、軸線方向一側部に係合手段696fが形成され、係合手段696fには、図79に拡大して示すように、同様の各凹所695aおよび各突起696baが形成されている。各係合手段695f,696fは、後述する回転軸721が挿通される軸受け孔695c,696cと、歯部695d,696dとの間に形成されている。   The gear member 695 is formed with engaging means 695f on one side in the axial direction. The engagement means 695f is formed in two places every 180 degrees in the circumferential direction. As shown in an enlarged view in FIG. 78, the engaging means 695f has a plurality of recesses 695a and a plurality of protrusions 695b formed alternately at equal intervals in the circumferential direction. Each recess 695a is a V-shaped recess, and each projection 695b between each recess 685a is an inverted V-shaped projection. Each of the recesses 695a and each of the protrusions 695b has an engagement allowance K1 and is formed to have a step difference h in the axial direction, that is, at a certain distance in the axial direction as it goes to a certain distance in the circumferential direction. ing. Similarly to the gear member 695, the gear member 696 is also formed with an engagement means 696f on one side in the axial direction. The engagement means 696f has the same recesses 695a as shown in FIG. And each protrusion 696ba is formed. Each engaging means 695f and 696f is formed between bearing holes 695c and 696c through which a rotating shaft 721 described later is inserted, and tooth portions 695d and 696d.

各ギヤ部材695,696は、各凹所695aに各突起696bが嵌合し、かつ各凹所696aに各突起695bが嵌合するように、各係合手段695f,696fを係合させて連結され、組立体925を構成することができる。図示しない他の駆動力伝達部材をも含めて、各駆動力伝達部材にこのような係合手段を形成することによって、各駆動力伝達部材を連結することができ、少ない種類の駆動力伝達部材によって、多数の複合型駆動力伝達部材を構成することができる、上述の本発明のグループと同様の効果を達成することができる。また各突起695b,696bを嵌合する凹所695a,696aを選択することによって、すなわち各ギヤ部材695,696の相互の軸線まわりの位置を選択することによって、各ギヤ部材695,696間の間隔を任意に選択して設定することができる。   The gear members 695 and 696 are connected by engaging the engagement means 695f and 696f so that the projections 696b are fitted in the recesses 695a and the projections 695b are fitted in the recesses 696a. Thus, an assembly 925 can be formed. By forming such engagement means on each driving force transmission member, including other driving force transmission members (not shown), each driving force transmission member can be connected, and there are few types of driving force transmission members. By this, it is possible to achieve the same effect as that of the above-described group of the present invention in which a large number of composite driving force transmission members can be configured. Further, by selecting the recesses 695a and 696a into which the protrusions 695b and 696b are fitted, that is, by selecting the positions of the gear members 695 and 696 around their mutual axes, the distance between the gear members 695 and 696 is determined. Can be arbitrarily selected and set.

図75に示すようにフレーム720には、回転支持部材である回転軸721が一体的に固定して立設されている。各ギヤ部材695,696には、回転軸721が挿通され、各ギヤ部材695,696、すなわち組立体925が回転自在に支持されている。この状態で組立体925は、軸線方向一方側において、回転軸721のボス部721aに支持されて変位が阻止され、軸線方向他方側において、回転軸721に係着されるEリングなどから成る変位阻止部材800によって変位が阻止されている。このとき、変位阻止部材800と回転軸721のボス部721aとの間の間隔に遊びを設ける場合には、その遊びは、係合代Kから段差hを差し引いた寸法より小さくすることが必要である。なお、駆動力を伝達するときに発生するトルクの大きさに応じて、係合代Kと係合する凹所695a,696および突起695b,696bの数を決定すればよい。   As shown in FIG. 75, a rotation shaft 721 that is a rotation support member is integrally fixed to the frame 720 and is erected. A rotating shaft 721 is inserted through each gear member 695,696, and each gear member 695,696, that is, an assembly 925 is rotatably supported. In this state, the assembly 925 is supported by the boss portion 721a of the rotating shaft 721 on one side in the axial direction and is prevented from being displaced, and on the other side in the axial direction, the assembly 925 is composed of an E ring or the like that is engaged with the rotating shaft 721. The displacement is blocked by the blocking member 800. At this time, in the case where play is provided in the interval between the displacement prevention member 800 and the boss portion 721a of the rotating shaft 721, the play needs to be smaller than the dimension obtained by subtracting the step h from the engagement allowance K. is there. Note that the number of the recesses 695a and 696 and the protrusions 695b and 696b to be engaged with the engagement allowance K may be determined according to the magnitude of the torque generated when the driving force is transmitted.

各凹所および突起は、V字状である必要はなく、他の形態として、図80に示すように、各凹所810aおよび各突起810bは、係合代K1および段差hの矩形状に形成しても良い。このとき、突起810bの幅B1より凹所810aの幅B2が大きくなるように選ばれる。回転方向の遊びを低減したければ、幅B1より幅B2を極めて少しだけ大きくすればよい。   Each recess and projection need not be V-shaped. As another form, as shown in FIG. 80, each recess 810a and each projection 810b are formed in a rectangular shape with an engagement margin K1 and a step h. You may do it. At this time, the width B2 of the recess 810a is selected to be larger than the width B1 of the protrusion 810b. If the play in the rotational direction is to be reduced, the width B2 may be made slightly larger than the width B1.

また他の形態として、図81に示すように、各凹所811aと各突起811bとを、係合代K1と段差hとが一致する階段状となるように形成しても良い。この場合は、階段状になったところが当接する方向と反対の方向では係合が外れるので、駆動力伝達部材間の相互回転を係止する部材を別途に設ける構成とすればよい。   As another form, as shown in FIG. 81, each recess 811a and each projection 811b may be formed in a stepped shape in which the engagement allowance K1 and the step height h coincide. In this case, since the engagement is disengaged in the direction opposite to the direction in which the stepped portion comes into contact, a member for locking the mutual rotation between the driving force transmission members may be provided separately.

図82(1)は本発明に関連する第4グループの実施の他の形態のギヤ部材697を示す正面図であり、図82(2)はギヤ部材697の側面図であり、図82(3)はギヤ部材697の背面図であり、図82(4)は図82(1)の切断面線YY−YYから見たギヤ部材697の断面図である。図83(1)はギヤ部材697と係合可能なギヤ部材698を示す正面図であり、図83(2)はギヤ部材698の側面図であり、図83(3)はギヤ部材698の背面図であり、図83(4)は図83(1)の切断面線ZZ−ZZから見たギヤ部材698の断面図である。   82 (1) is a front view showing a gear member 697 of another embodiment of the fourth group related to the present invention, FIG. 82 (2) is a side view of the gear member 697, and FIG. ) Is a rear view of the gear member 697, and FIG. 82 (4) is a cross-sectional view of the gear member 697 as viewed from the cutting plane line YY-YY of FIG. 82 (1). 83 (1) is a front view showing a gear member 698 that can be engaged with the gear member 697, FIG. 83 (2) is a side view of the gear member 698, and FIG. 83 (3) is a rear view of the gear member 698. FIG. 83 (4) is a cross-sectional view of the gear member 698 viewed from the cutting plane line ZZ-ZZ in FIG. 83 (1).

ギヤ部材697には、軸線方向一側部に係合手段697f,697gが形成されている。係合手段697fは、軸線方向一側部から凹んだ陥没領域に位置する陥没部分に形成され、係合手段697gは、軸線方向一側部から突出した隆起領域に位置する隆起部分に形成されている。各係合手段697f,697gは、周方向に180度毎に2箇所形成されている。係合手段697f,697gには、図84に拡大して示すように、周方向に等間隔に隣接して、複数の凹所697aおよび複数の突起697bが交互に形成されている。各凹所697aは、V字状の凹所であり、各凹所687a間の各突起697bは、逆V字状の突起である。各凹所697aおよび各突起697bは、係合代K1を有し、周方向に一定の距離向かうにつれて、軸線方向に一定距離ずれて、すなわち1ピッチp毎に、段差hを有して形成されている。ギヤ部材698にも、ギヤ部材697と同様に、軸線方向一側部に係合手段698f,698gが形成され、係合手段698f,698gには、図85に拡大して示すように、同様の各凹所698aおよび各突起698baが形成されている。各係合手段697f,697g;698f,698gは、図75に示す回転軸と同様の回転軸721が挿通される軸受け孔697c,698cと、歯部697d,698dとの間に形成されている。   The gear member 697 is formed with engaging means 697f and 697g on one side in the axial direction. The engaging means 697f is formed in a recessed portion located in a recessed area recessed from one side in the axial direction, and the engaging means 697g is formed in a raised portion located in a raised area protruding from the one side in the axial direction. Yes. Each engaging means 697f, 697g is formed at two positions every 180 degrees in the circumferential direction. In the engaging means 697f and 697g, a plurality of recesses 697a and a plurality of protrusions 697b are alternately formed adjacent to each other at equal intervals in the circumferential direction as shown in an enlarged view in FIG. Each recess 697a is a V-shaped recess, and each protrusion 697b between each recess 687a is an inverted V-shaped protrusion. Each of the recesses 697a and each of the protrusions 697b have an engagement allowance K1 and are formed with a certain distance in the axial direction as the distance in the circumferential direction increases, that is, with a level difference h for each pitch p. ing. Similarly to the gear member 697, the gear member 698 is also formed with engaging means 698f and 698g on one side in the axial direction. The engaging means 698f and 698g have the same structure as shown in FIG. Recesses 698a and protrusions 698ba are formed. Each engagement means 697f, 697g; 698f, 698g is formed between bearing holes 697c, 698c through which a rotation shaft 721 similar to the rotation shaft shown in FIG. 75 is inserted, and tooth portions 697d, 698d.

各ギヤ部材697,698は、係合手段697f,698fが形成される陥没部分に、係合手段697g,698gが形成される隆起部分を嵌まり込ませ、各凹所697aに各突起698bが嵌合し、かつ各凹所698aに各突起697bが嵌合するように、各係合手段697f,697g;698f,698gを係合させて連結される。図示しない他の駆動力伝達部材をも含めて、各駆動力伝達部材にこうような係合手段を形成することによって、各駆動力伝達部材を連結することができ、少ない種類の駆動力伝達部材によって、多数の複合型駆動力伝達部品を構成することができる、上述の本発明のグループと同様の効果を達成することができる。また各突起695b,696bを嵌合する凹所695a,696aを選択することによって、すなわち各ギヤ部材695,696の相互の軸線まわりの位置を選択することによって、各ギヤ部材695,696間の間隔を任意に選択して設定することができる。   Each gear member 697, 698 has a raised portion where the engaging means 697g, 698g are formed fitted in a recessed portion where the engaging means 697f, 698f are formed, and each projection 698b is fitted in each recess 697a. The engaging means 697f, 697g; 698f, 698g are engaged with each other so that the protrusions 697b fit into the recesses 698a. By forming such engagement means on each driving force transmission member, including other driving force transmission members (not shown), each driving force transmission member can be connected, and there are few types of driving force transmission members. By this, it is possible to achieve the same effect as that of the above-described group of the present invention, in which a large number of composite driving force transmission parts can be configured. Further, by selecting the recesses 695a and 696a into which the protrusions 695b and 696b are fitted, that is, by selecting the positions of the gear members 695 and 696 around their mutual axes, the distance between the gear members 695 and 696 is determined. Can be arbitrarily selected and set.

さらに加えて、隆起部分の最も突出したところの高さ寸法を陥没部分の最も深い所の深さ寸法より小さくしておけば、駆動力伝達部材の側面を密着させた状態でも連結することが可能になる。   In addition, if the height dimension of the protruding part of the raised part is smaller than the depth dimension of the deepest part of the depressed part, it is possible to connect even when the side surfaces of the driving force transmission member are in close contact with each other. become.

図75〜図85に示す形態では、各駆動力伝達部材同氏を連結する構成について説明したけれども、他の形態として、各駆動力伝達部材間に連結部材を介在させ、連結部材の軸線方向両側部に、上述の各駆動力伝達部材695〜698と同様の係合手段を形成し、この係合手段を用いて、連結部材を介在させて、各駆動力伝達部材を連結するようにしてもよい。これによって、連結部材によって、各駆動力伝達部材間に大きな間隔を、細かく多段的に設定することができるとともに、駆動力伝達部材および連結部材の強度の低下を無くすことができる。   75 to 85, the configuration for connecting the driving force transmitting members is described. However, as another mode, the connecting members are interposed between the driving force transmitting members, and both side portions in the axial direction of the connecting members. In addition, an engaging means similar to each of the driving force transmitting members 695 to 698 described above may be formed, and the driving force transmitting members may be connected by interposing a connecting member using the engaging means. . As a result, the connecting member can set large intervals between the driving force transmitting members in a fine and multi-stage manner, and can eliminate a decrease in strength of the driving force transmitting member and the connecting member.

特にこのように連結部材を介在させる構成において、駆動力伝達部材には、前述のような陥没領域に係合手段を形成し、連結部材には、前述のような隆起領域に係合手段を形成し、これらの係合手段を用いて、凹所に突起を嵌合させて、連結するようにしてもよい。これによって、各駆動力伝達部材を、連結部材を介し
て連結することが可能であるとともに、駆動力伝達部材は、軸線方向両側部に、突出する部分がなく、厚みを小さくすることができるとともに、単独で用いられ回転軸が挿通されて支持される場合に、駆動力伝達部材を回転軸に対して変位阻止するための変位阻止部材として、たとえば前述したようなEリングなどを用いることができ、作業が容易になる。
In particular, in the configuration in which the connecting member is interposed as described above, the driving force transmitting member is formed with the engaging means in the recessed region as described above, and the connecting member is formed with the engaging means in the raised region as described above. Then, using these engaging means, a protrusion may be fitted into the recess and connected. As a result, each driving force transmission member can be connected via the connecting member, and the driving force transmission member has no protruding portion on both axial sides, and can be reduced in thickness. For example, an E-ring as described above can be used as a displacement prevention member for preventing the driving force transmission member from being displaced relative to the rotation shaft when used alone and supported by the rotation shaft. , Make the work easier.

本発明は、次の実施の形態が可能である。
(1)軸線方向一側部に凹状連結部および凸状連結部の少なくとも一方が形成される複数の駆動力伝達部材を備え、前記複数の駆動力伝達部材は、選択的に用いられて、凹状連結部または凸状連結部によって、軸線まわりに回転して駆動力を伝達可能に、かつ軸線方向に着脱可能に連結され、連結される各駆動力伝達部材のうち少なくとも1つは、軸線方向一側部に凹状連結部が形成されるとともに、軸線方向他側部に凸状連結部が形成されることを特徴とする駆動力伝達部材の連結構造。
The following embodiments are possible for the present invention.
(1) A plurality of driving force transmission members having at least one of a concave coupling portion and a convex coupling portion formed on one side in the axial direction are provided, and the plurality of driving force transmission members are selectively used to form a concave shape. At least one of the driving force transmitting members connected to be connected to or connected to the connecting portion or the convex connecting portion so that the driving force can be transmitted by rotating around the axis and detachable in the axial direction is equal to the axial direction. A connecting structure for a driving force transmitting member, characterized in that a concave connecting part is formed on the side part and a convex connecting part is formed on the other side part in the axial direction.

回転して駆動力を伝達するための駆動力伝達部材は、凹状連結部および凸状連結部の少なくとも一方が形成されており、これら凹状連結部または凸状連結部によって、軸線まわりに回転して駆動力を伝達可能に、かつ軸線方向に着脱可能に連結される。各駆動力伝達部材を連結するにあたって、各駆動力伝達部材は、一方の駆動力伝達部材の凸状連結部を他方の駆動力伝達部材の凹状連結部に直接嵌合して連結してもよく、各駆動力伝達部材間に他の部材を介在させ、この他の部材に形成される凹状連結部に各駆動力伝達部材の凸状連結部を嵌合し、または他の部材に形成される凸状連結部を各駆動力伝達部材の凹状連結部に嵌合して連結してもよい。   The driving force transmitting member for rotating and transmitting the driving force has at least one of a concave connecting portion and a convex connecting portion, and is rotated around the axis by the concave connecting portion or the convex connecting portion. The driving force can be transmitted and connected in an axially detachable manner. In connecting each driving force transmitting member, each driving force transmitting member may be connected by directly fitting the convex connecting portion of one driving force transmitting member to the concave connecting portion of the other driving force transmitting member. Further, another member is interposed between the driving force transmission members, and the convex coupling portion of each driving force transmission member is fitted to the concave coupling portion formed on the other member, or is formed on the other member. You may connect and connect a convex connection part to the concave connection part of each driving force transmission member.

このように凹状連結部および凸状連結部によって連結される各駆動力伝達部材のうち少なくとも1つは、軸線方向一側部に凹状連結部が形成され、かつ軸線方向他側部に凸状連結部が形成される。これによってこの各側部に各連結部が個別に形成される駆動力伝達部材と連結される別の駆動力伝達部材および他の部材は、凹状連結部および凸状連結部のいずれかが形成されていれば、連結することができる。このように各側部に各連結部が個別に形成される駆動力伝達部材を備えることによって、複数の駆動力伝達部材を選択的に組合わせて構成することができる複合型駆動力伝達部品の種類を多くすることができる。したがって必要な種類の複合型駆動力伝達部品を製造するために必要となる駆動力伝達部材の種類を少なくすることができ、金型の種類を少なくすることができる。しかも複合型駆動力伝達部品と同様の部品を1つの金型で成型する場合と比べて、金型の形状も簡単である。このように金型の種類を少なくし、かつその形状も簡単にすることができるので、複合型駆動力伝達部品の生産性が向上され、製造コストも低減することができる。また駆動力伝達部材は、単品で用いることができることは言うまでもない。
なお、回転とは、360度未満の角変位を含む。
In this way, at least one of the driving force transmission members connected by the concave connection portion and the convex connection portion has a concave connection portion formed on one side in the axial direction and a convex connection on the other side in the axial direction. Part is formed. As a result, another driving force transmitting member and another member connected to the driving force transmitting member in which each connecting portion is individually formed on each side portion is formed as either a concave connecting portion or a convex connecting portion. If so, they can be connected. Thus, by providing the driving force transmission member in which each connecting part is individually formed on each side portion, a composite type driving force transmission component that can be configured by selectively combining a plurality of driving force transmission members. There can be many kinds. Accordingly, it is possible to reduce the types of driving force transmission members required for manufacturing a necessary type of composite driving force transmission component, and it is possible to reduce the types of molds. In addition, the shape of the mold is simple compared to the case where the same component as the composite driving force transmission component is molded with one mold. Thus, since the types of molds can be reduced and the shape thereof can be simplified, the productivity of the composite driving force transmission component can be improved and the manufacturing cost can be reduced. Needless to say, the driving force transmission member can be used alone.
Note that the rotation includes an angular displacement of less than 360 degrees.

(2)各駆動力伝達部材は、回転支持部材が挿通されて回転自在に支持され、回転支持部材に着脱可能に係着され、各駆動力伝達部材の回転支持部材に対する軸線方向の変位を阻止する変位阻止部材と、各駆動力伝達部材の凸状連結部が形成される側部に装着可能であり、凸状連結部の突出高さ以上の厚みを有するスペーサ部材とを備え、連結される各駆動力伝達部材のうち少なくとも1つは、凸状連結部が形成される側部とは反対側の側部で他の駆動力伝達部材と連結され、この少なくとも1つの駆動力伝達部材の凸状連結部が形成される側部に、スペーサ部材が装着され、前記回転支持部材のスペーサ部材から突出する部分に変位阻止部材が係着されることを特徴とする駆動力伝達部材の連結構造。   (2) Each driving force transmission member is rotatably supported by the rotation support member inserted therethrough, and is detachably engaged with the rotation support member to prevent axial displacement of each driving force transmission member with respect to the rotation support member. And a spacer member that can be attached to a side portion where the convex connection portion of each driving force transmission member is formed and has a thickness greater than the protruding height of the convex connection portion. At least one of the driving force transmitting members is connected to another driving force transmitting member on the side opposite to the side where the convex connecting portion is formed, and the convex of the at least one driving force transmitting member is A connecting structure for a driving force transmission member, wherein a spacer member is attached to a side portion where the connecting portion is formed, and a displacement preventing member is engaged with a portion protruding from the spacer member of the rotation support member.

各駆動力伝達部材は、回転支持部材が挿通されて回転自在に支持され、回転支持部材に変位阻止部材を係着することによって、回転支持部材に対する変位が阻止され、回転支持部材からの脱落が防止される。各駆動力伝達部材が凸状連結部を有する場合に、この駆動力伝達部材の凸状連結部が形成される側部に、スペーサ部材を装着することができる。このスペーサ部材は、凸状連結部の突出高さ以上の厚みを有するので、スペーサ部材を駆動力伝達部材に装着した状態では、凸状連結部はスペーサ部材よりも突出することがない。   Each drive force transmission member is rotatably supported by inserting a rotation support member. By displacing the displacement prevention member to the rotation support member, the displacement with respect to the rotation support member is prevented, and the rotation support member is prevented from falling off. Is prevented. When each driving force transmission member has a convex connection portion, a spacer member can be attached to a side portion where the convex connection portion of the driving force transmission member is formed. Since the spacer member has a thickness equal to or greater than the protruding height of the convex connecting portion, the convex connecting portion does not protrude more than the spacer member when the spacer member is mounted on the driving force transmission member.

これによって各駆動力伝達部材の少なくとも1つが、凸状連結部が形成される側部とは反対の側部で他の駆動力伝達部材と連結され、凸状連結部が形成される側部が解放されている場合に、各駆動力伝達部材の回転支持部材に対する変位を阻止するにあたって、解放される凸状連結部が形成される側部にスペーサ部材を装着することによって、凸状連結部が回転支持部材に近接して形成されるなどの凸状係合部の位置に拘わらず、凸状連結部に邪魔されることなく、軸線方向および半径方向に、変位阻止部材を装着するための、またその着脱作業のための領域を確保することができる。   As a result, at least one of the driving force transmission members is connected to another driving force transmission member at the side opposite to the side where the convex connection portion is formed, and the side portion where the convex connection portion is formed. In order to prevent the displacement of each driving force transmission member relative to the rotation support member when released, the convex connecting portion is attached by mounting the spacer member on the side portion where the released convex connecting portion is formed. Regardless of the position of the convex engagement portion such as formed close to the rotation support member, the displacement prevention member is mounted in the axial direction and the radial direction without being obstructed by the convex connection portion. Moreover, the area | region for the attachment / detachment work can be ensured.

したがって各駆動力伝達部材に回転支持部材が挿通された状態で、凸状連結部が回転支持部材に近接する位置に形成される場合であっても、スペーサ部材を用いて変位阻止部材を装着するための領域を確保することができ、変位阻止部材として特殊な部材を用いる必要がない。言い換えると、各駆動力伝達部材の回転支持部材に対する変位を、凸状連結部が形成される側部の側および凹状連結部が形成される側部の側に、同一の変位阻止部材を設けて阻止することができるとともに、変位阻止部材の着脱作業を容易にすることができ、各駆動力伝達部材を連結して複合型駆動力伝達部品を組立てる作業および複合型駆動力伝達部品を分解する作業を迅速かつ容易にすることができる。変位阻止部材としては、たとえば、EリングおよびCリングなどの市販の部材を変位阻止部材として用いることが可能であり、入手も容易である。   Therefore, even when the convex connection portion is formed at a position close to the rotation support member in a state where the rotation support member is inserted into each driving force transmission member, the displacement prevention member is mounted using the spacer member. Therefore, it is not necessary to use a special member as the displacement prevention member. In other words, the displacement of each driving force transmitting member relative to the rotation support member is provided on the side portion where the convex connection portion is formed and the side portion where the concave connection portion is formed by providing the same displacement prevention member. It is possible to prevent and dismount the displacement preventing member easily, work to assemble each of the driving force transmission members by assembling the composite driving force transmission components, and to disassemble the composite driving force transmission components Can be quick and easy. As the displacement prevention member, for example, commercially available members such as an E ring and a C ring can be used as the displacement prevention member, and are easily available.

(3)各駆動力伝達部材は、回転支持部材が挿通されて回転自在に支持され、回転支持部材に着脱可能に係着され、各駆動力伝達部材の回転支持部材に対する変位を阻止する変位阻止部材を備え、凸状連結部が形成される駆動力伝達部材は、凸状連結部よりも半径方向内方に、前記変位阻止部材を回転支持部材に着脱するための領域が確保され、連結される各駆動力伝達部材のうち少なくとも1つは、凸状連結部が形成される側部とは反対側の側部で他の駆動力伝達部材と連結され、この少なくとも1つの駆動力伝達部材の凸状連結部よりも半径方向内方側の領域で、前記回転支持部材の前記少なくとも1つの駆動力伝達部材から突出する部分に変位阻止部材が係着されることを特徴とする駆動力伝達部材の連結構造。   (3) Each driving force transmission member is rotatably supported through the rotation support member, is detachably engaged with the rotation support member, and prevents displacement of each driving force transmission member with respect to the rotation support member. The driving force transmission member including the member and formed with the convex connection portion is secured and connected to the rotation support member in an area radially inward of the convex connection portion. At least one of the driving force transmission members is connected to another driving force transmission member at a side opposite to the side where the convex connection portion is formed, and the at least one driving force transmission member A driving force transmission member, wherein a displacement preventing member is engaged with a portion of the rotation support member that protrudes from the at least one driving force transmission member in a region radially inward of the convex coupling portion. Connection structure.

各駆動力伝達部材は、回転支持部材が挿通されて回転自在に支持され、回転支持部材に変位阻止部材を係着することによって、回転支持部材に対する変位が阻止され、回転支持部材からの脱落が防止される。各駆動力伝達部材が凸状連結部を有する場合に、この駆動力伝達部材の凸状連結部が形成される側部には、凸状連結部よりも半径方向内方側に、変位阻止部材を装着するための、またその着脱作業のための領域が確保されている。   Each drive force transmission member is rotatably supported by inserting a rotation support member. By displacing the displacement prevention member to the rotation support member, the displacement with respect to the rotation support member is prevented, and the rotation support member is prevented from falling off. Is prevented. When each driving force transmission member has a convex connecting portion, a displacement preventing member is provided on a side portion where the convex connecting portion of the driving force transmitting member is formed on a radially inward side of the convex connecting portion. An area for mounting and attaching / detaching work is secured.

したがって各駆動力伝達部材の回転支持部材に対する変位を阻止するために回転支持部材に係着する変位阻止部材として、特殊な部材を用いる必要がない。言い換えると、各駆動力伝達部材の回転支持部材に対する変位を、凸状連結部が形成される側部の側および凹状連結部が形成される側部の側に、同一の変位阻止部材を設けて阻止することができるとともに、変位阻止部材の着脱作業を容易にすることができ、各駆動力伝達部材を連結して複合型駆動力伝達部品を組立てる作業および複合型駆動力伝達部品を分解する作業を迅速かつ容易にすることができる。変位阻止部材としては、たとえば、EリングおよびCリングなどの市販の部材を変位阻止部材として用いることが可能であり、その入手も容易である。また回転支持部材の突出量を小さくすることができる。   Therefore, it is not necessary to use a special member as the displacement prevention member engaged with the rotation support member in order to prevent the displacement of each driving force transmission member relative to the rotation support member. In other words, the displacement of each driving force transmitting member relative to the rotation support member is provided on the side portion where the convex connection portion is formed and the side portion where the concave connection portion is formed by providing the same displacement prevention member. It is possible to prevent and dismount the displacement preventing member easily, work to assemble each of the driving force transmission members by assembling the composite driving force transmission components, and to disassemble the composite driving force transmission components Can be quick and easy. As the displacement prevention member, for example, commercially available members such as an E ring and a C ring can be used as the displacement prevention member, and the acquisition thereof is also easy. Moreover, the protrusion amount of the rotation support member can be reduced.

(4)凸状連結部が形成される駆動力伝達部材には、凸状連結部が形成される側部に、凸状連結部に加えて凹状連結部が形成されることを特徴とする駆動力伝達部材の連結構造。   (4) The driving force transmission member in which the convex connection portion is formed has a concave connection portion in addition to the convex connection portion on the side portion where the convex connection portion is formed. Connection structure of force transmission member.

凸状連結部が形成される駆動力伝達部材には、凸状連結部が形成される側の側部に、凹状連結部が形成されるので、各駆動力伝達部材を連結するにあたって、各駆動力伝達部材が共に凸状連結部を有する場合に、凸状連結部が形成される側部を相互に対向させた状態で連結することが可能である。これによって、凸状連結部が一方の側部にだけ形成される駆動力伝達部材を連結する場合に、凸状連結部が解放されない状態で連結することができる。したがって、各駆動力伝達部材を連結して組立てられる複合型駆動力伝達部品の軸線方向長さを小さくすることができる。   The driving force transmission member in which the convex connection portion is formed has a concave connection portion on the side portion on the side where the convex connection portion is formed. When both of the force transmission members have a convex connecting portion, it is possible to connect the side portions where the convex connecting portions are formed facing each other. Thereby, when connecting the driving force transmission member in which a convex connection part is formed only in one side part, it can connect in the state where a convex connection part is not released. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the axial length of the composite driving force transmission component assembled by connecting the driving force transmission members.

特に各駆動力伝達部材に回転支持部材を挿通し、変位阻止部材を回転支持部材に係着して、各駆動力伝達部材の回転支持部材に対する変位を阻止する構成とする場合には、各駆動力伝達部材の解放される側部に変位阻止部材を装着するための領域が必ず確保される状態となり、各駆動力伝達部材の回転支持部材に対する変位を阻止し、各駆動力伝達部材の回転支持部材からの脱落を防止するために、回転支持部材に係着する変位阻止部材として、特殊な部材を用いる必要がなく、凸状連結部が形成される側部の側および凹状連結部が形成される側部の側に、同一の変位阻止部材を用いることができるとともに、変位阻止部材の着脱作業を容易にすることができ、各駆動力伝達部材を連結して複合型駆動力伝達部品を組立てる作業および複合型駆動力伝達部品を分解する作業を迅速かつ容易にすることができる。変位阻止部材としては、たとえば、EリングおよびCリングなどの市販の部材を変位阻止部材として用いることが可能であり、その入手も容易である。また回転支持部材の突出量を小さくすることができる。   In particular, each drive force transmission member is inserted into the rotation support member, and the displacement prevention member is engaged with the rotation support member to prevent the displacement of each drive force transmission member from the rotation support member. A region for mounting the displacement prevention member is surely secured on the side where the force transmission member is released, and the displacement of each driving force transmission member with respect to the rotation support member is prevented, and the rotation support of each driving force transmission member is achieved. In order to prevent dropping from the member, it is not necessary to use a special member as a displacement prevention member engaged with the rotation support member, and the side of the side where the convex connection part is formed and the concave connection part are formed. The same displacement prevention member can be used on the side of the side, the attachment / detachment work of the displacement prevention member can be facilitated, and each drive force transmission member is connected to assemble a composite drive force transmission component Work and composite type Working degrade power transmission component can be quickly and easily. As the displacement prevention member, for example, commercially available members such as an E ring and a C ring can be used as the displacement prevention member, and the acquisition thereof is also easy. Moreover, the protrusion amount of the rotation support member can be reduced.

(5)各駆動力伝達部材間に介在され、各駆動力伝達部材間にその厚みに応じた間隔を設定する間隔設定部材を備えることを特徴とする駆動力伝達部材の連結構造。   (5) A drive force transmission member coupling structure comprising an interval setting member interposed between the drive force transmission members and setting an interval according to the thickness between the drive force transmission members.

各駆動力伝達部材間には、間隔設定部材が介在され、各駆動力伝達部材間に、間隔設定部材の厚みに応じた間隔を設定することができる。また連結されたときに各駆動力伝達部材の間隔を設定するための部分を、駆動力伝達部材に一体的に設ける構成と比較して、駆動力伝達部材の種類の増加を抑制することができる。   An interval setting member is interposed between the driving force transmission members, and an interval corresponding to the thickness of the interval setting member can be set between the driving force transmission members. Moreover, compared with the structure which provides the part for setting the space | interval of each driving force transmission member when it connects with the driving force transmission member integrally, the increase in the kind of driving force transmission member can be suppressed. .

(6)前記間隔設定部材は、軸線方向両側部に凹状連結部または凸状連結部が選択的に形成され、各駆動力伝達部材と間隔設定部材とは、各駆動力伝達部材および間隔設定部材の凹状連結部または凸状連結部によって、軸線まわりに回転して駆動力を伝達可能に、かつ軸線方向に着脱可能に連結されることを特徴とする駆動力伝達部材の連結構造。   (6) The gap setting member is selectively formed with a concave coupling part or a convex coupling part on both sides in the axial direction, and each driving force transmission member and the gap setting member includes the driving force transmission member and the gap setting member. The driving force transmission member coupling structure is characterized in that the driving force can be transmitted by rotating around the axis and detachably connected in the axial direction by the concave coupling portion or the convex coupling portion.

間隔設定部材には、軸線方向両側部に凸状連結部または凹状連結部が選択的に形成され、各駆動力伝達部材と間隔設定部材とは、各駆動力伝達部材および間隔設定部材の凸状連結部または凹状連結部によって、軸線まわりに回転力を伝達可能に、かつ軸線方向に装脱可能に連結される。これによって各駆動力伝達部材が、各駆動力伝達部材に形成される凸状連結部を凹状連結部に直接嵌合することができないような、大きな間隔をあけて配置する必要がある場合であっても、各駆動力伝達部材を、間隔設定部材を介して、回転して駆動力を伝達可能に連結することができる。   The spacing setting member is selectively formed with convex coupling portions or concave coupling portions on both sides in the axial direction, and each driving force transmission member and the spacing setting member is a convex shape of each driving force transmission member and the spacing setting member. The connecting portion or the concave connecting portion is connected so as to be able to transmit a rotational force around the axis and to be detachable in the axial direction. This is a case where each driving force transmission member needs to be arranged at a large interval so that the convex coupling portion formed on each driving force transmission member cannot be directly fitted into the concave coupling portion. However, each driving force transmission member can be connected via the interval setting member so that the driving force can be transmitted by rotating.

(7)前記間隔設定部材は、軸線方向両側部に、凹状連結部が形成されることを特徴とする駆動力伝達部材の連結構造。   (7) The coupling structure of the driving force transmission member, wherein the interval setting member has concave coupling portions formed on both sides in the axial direction.

間隔設定部材には、軸線方向両側部に、凹状連結部が形成されるので、各駆動力伝達部材は、凸状連結部を間隔調整部材の凹状連結部に嵌合した状態で、間隔設定部材と連結することができる。これによって各駆動力伝達部材を連結して組立てられる複合型駆動力伝達部品の軸線方向長さを短くすることができる。特に回転支持部材を用いる場合にはその突出量を小さくすることができる。   Since the interval setting member is formed with concave connecting portions on both sides in the axial direction, each driving force transmitting member is in a state where the convex connecting portion is fitted to the concave connecting portion of the interval adjusting member. Can be linked to. As a result, the axial length of the composite driving force transmitting component assembled by connecting the driving force transmitting members can be shortened. In particular, when a rotation support member is used, the amount of protrusion can be reduced.

(8)各駆動力伝達部材間には、1または複数の間隔設定部材が選択的に用いられて介在されることを特徴とする駆動力伝達部材の連結構造。   (8) A driving force transmitting member coupling structure, wherein one or a plurality of interval setting members are selectively used and interposed between the driving force transmitting members.

各駆動力伝達部材間には、1または複数の間隔設定部材が選択的に用いられて介在される。これによって少ない種類、最も少ない場合には1種類の間隔調整部材で、各駆動力伝達部材の間隔を異なる間隔に設定した状態で各駆動力伝達部材を連結することができる。   One or a plurality of interval setting members are selectively used and interposed between the driving force transmission members. Accordingly, the driving force transmission members can be connected in a state in which the distances between the driving force transmission members are set to different intervals by using one kind of interval adjusting member when the number is the smallest or the smallest.

(9)各駆動力伝達部材には、軸線方向に貫通する嵌合孔が形成され、各駆動力伝達部材の各嵌合孔に嵌合可能であり、内径の異なる挿通孔が形成される複数の環状の軸径設定部材が、選択的に用いられて前記各嵌合孔に嵌合され、回転支持部材を軸径設定部材の挿通孔に挿通させることによって、各駆動力伝達部材を回転自在に支持することを特徴とする駆動力伝達部材の連結構造。   (9) Each driving force transmission member is formed with a fitting hole penetrating in the axial direction, can be fitted into each fitting hole of each driving force transmission member, and has a plurality of insertion holes having different inner diameters. The ring-shaped shaft diameter setting member is selectively used to be fitted into each fitting hole, and each driving force transmitting member can be rotated by inserting the rotation support member through the insertion hole of the shaft diameter setting member. A driving force transmission member coupling structure characterized by being supported by the above.

各駆動力伝達部材には、軸線方向に貫通する嵌合孔が形成され、各駆動力伝達部材の各嵌合孔には、軸径設定部材が嵌合可能である。軸径設定部材は、環状であり、内径の異なる複数の軸径設定部材が選択的に用いられて、各駆動力伝達部材の嵌合孔に嵌合され、この軸径設定部材の挿通孔に回転支持部材が挿通されて、各駆動力伝達部材が回転自在に支持される。これによって各駆動力伝達部材を外径の異なる回転支持部材によって回転支持する場合に、回転支持部材の外径に対応させて各駆動力伝達部材を準備する必要がなく、駆動力伝達部材は、回転支持部材の外径が異なっても1種類だけでよい。   Each driving force transmission member is formed with a fitting hole penetrating in the axial direction, and a shaft diameter setting member can be fitted into each fitting hole of each driving force transmission member. The shaft diameter setting member has an annular shape, and a plurality of shaft diameter setting members having different inner diameters are selectively used and fitted into the fitting holes of the respective driving force transmission members. The rotation support member is inserted, and each driving force transmission member is rotatably supported. Thus, when each driving force transmission member is rotationally supported by a rotation support member having a different outer diameter, it is not necessary to prepare each driving force transmission member in correspondence with the outer diameter of the rotation support member. Even if the outer diameter of the rotation support member is different, only one type is required.

(10)軸線方向一側部に凹状連結部が形成され、かつ軸線方向他側部に凸状連結部が形成される複数の駆動力伝達部材を備え、凹状連結部は、予め定める半径方向に異なる複数の領域のうち、少なくとも最も半径方向内方の領域に形成され、駆動力伝達部材の有効径に応じて、有効径が大きくなるにつれて、半径方向外方の領域まで形成され、凸状連結部は、最も半径方向外方の凹状連結部が形成される領域に形成され、前記複数の駆動力伝達部材は、選択的に用いられて、凹状連結部または凸状連結部によって、軸線まわりに回転して駆動力を伝達可能に、かつ軸線方向に着脱可能に連結されることを特徴とする駆動力伝達部材の連結構造。   (10) A plurality of driving force transmission members having a concave coupling portion formed on one side in the axial direction and a convex coupling portion formed on the other side in the axial direction are provided, and the concave coupling portion has a predetermined radial direction. Of the plurality of different regions, it is formed at least in the radially inner region, and as the effective diameter increases according to the effective diameter of the driving force transmission member, it is formed to the radially outer region, and is connected in a convex shape. The portion is formed in a region where the most radially outward concave connecting portion is formed, and the plurality of driving force transmission members are selectively used around the axis by the concave connecting portion or the convex connecting portion. A driving force transmitting member coupling structure, wherein the driving force transmitting member is coupled so as to be able to rotate to transmit a driving force and to be detachable in an axial direction.

回転して駆動力を伝達するための駆動力伝達部材は、軸線方向両側部に凹状連結部および凸状連結部がそれぞれ個別に形成されており、これら凹状連結部または凸状連結部によって、軸線まわりに回転して駆動力を伝達可能に、かつ軸線方向に着脱可能に連結される。各駆動力伝達部材を連結するにあたって、各駆動力伝達部材は、一方の駆動力伝達部材の凸状連結部を他方の駆動力伝達部材の凹状連結部に直接嵌合して連結される。   The driving force transmission member for rotating and transmitting the driving force is formed with a concave coupling portion and a convex coupling portion on both sides in the axial direction, respectively, and the axis line is formed by the concave coupling portion or the convex coupling portion. It is connected so that it can rotate around and transmit a driving force, and can be attached and detached in the axial direction. When connecting each driving force transmission member, each driving force transmission member is connected by directly fitting the convex connection portion of one driving force transmission member to the concave connection portion of the other driving force transmission member.

各駆動力伝達部材には、前述のように軸線方向一側部に凹状連結部が形成され、かつ軸線方向他側部に凸状連結部が形成される。これによって各駆動力伝達部材は、任意に選択して連結することができ、複数の駆動力伝達部材を選択的に組合わせて構成することができる複合型駆動力伝達部品の種類を多くすることができる。したがって必要な種類の複合型駆動力伝達部品を製造するために必要となる駆動力伝達部材の種類を少なくすることができ、金型の種類を少なくすることができる。しかも複合型駆動力伝達部品と同様の部品を1つの金型で成型する場合と比べて、金型の形状も簡単である。このように金型の種類を少なくし、かつその形状も簡単にすることができるので、複合型駆動力伝達部品の生産性が向上され、製造コストも低減することができる。   As described above, each driving force transmission member has a concave coupling portion formed on one side in the axial direction and a convex coupling portion formed on the other side in the axial direction. Accordingly, each driving force transmission member can be arbitrarily selected and connected, and the number of types of composite driving force transmission components that can be configured by selectively combining a plurality of driving force transmission members is increased. Can do. Accordingly, it is possible to reduce the types of driving force transmission members required for manufacturing a necessary type of composite driving force transmission component, and it is possible to reduce the types of molds. In addition, the shape of the mold is simple compared to the case where the same component as the composite driving force transmission component is molded with one mold. Thus, since the types of molds can be reduced and the shape thereof can be simplified, the productivity of the composite driving force transmission component can be improved and the manufacturing cost can be reduced.

しかも凹状連結部は、最も半径方向内方の領域から、駆動力伝達部材の有効径に応じて半径方向外方の領域まで、それぞれ形成されるとともに、凸状連結部は、最も半径方向外方に形成される凹状連結部の領域に形成される。これによって凸状連結部は、できるだけ半径方向外方の領域に形成されるので、駆動力を伝達するときに凸状連結部にかかる力をできるだけ小さくすることができる。また凹状連結部は、最も半径方向内方の領域から駆動力伝達部材の有効径に応じた半径方向外方の領域まで、形成されているので、選択された2つの駆動力伝達部材は、いずれか一方の駆動力伝達部材の凸状連結部は、いずれか他方の凹状連結部のいずれかに必ず嵌合可能であり、任意に選択される2つの駆動力伝達部材は、相互に連結可能である。
また駆動力伝達部材は、単品で用いることができることは言うまでもない。
In addition, the concave coupling portion is formed from the most radially inner region to the radially outer region according to the effective diameter of the driving force transmission member, and the convex coupling portion is the most radially outer region. It is formed in the region of the concave connection part formed in the. As a result, the convex connection portion is formed in the radially outer region as much as possible, so that the force applied to the convex connection portion when transmitting the driving force can be made as small as possible. Further, since the concave connecting portion is formed from the most radially inner region to the radially outer region corresponding to the effective diameter of the driving force transmitting member, the two selected driving force transmitting members are The convex connecting portion of one of the driving force transmitting members can be fitted into any one of the other concave connecting portions, and two arbitrarily selected driving force transmitting members can be connected to each other. is there.
Needless to say, the driving force transmission member can be used alone.

(11)軸線方向一側部に係合手段が形成される複数の駆動力伝達部材を備え、係合手段には、周方向に等間隔に隣接して、複数の凹所および複数の突起が交互に形成され、各凹所および各突起は、周方向の一方に一定距離向かうにつれて、軸線方向の一方に一定距離ずれた位置に形成され、複数の駆動力伝達部材は、選択的に用いられて、各凹所と各突起とを選択的に嵌合させて各係合手段を係合し、相互に軸線まわりに回転力を伝達可能に、かつ相互に軸線方向に着脱可能に連結されることを特徴とする駆動力伝達部材の連結構造。   (11) A plurality of driving force transmission members having engaging means formed on one side in the axial direction are provided, and the engaging means has a plurality of recesses and a plurality of protrusions adjacent to each other at equal intervals in the circumferential direction. The recesses and the protrusions are alternately formed, and the recesses and the protrusions are formed at positions shifted by a certain distance in one of the axial directions as they move to a certain distance in the circumferential direction, and a plurality of driving force transmission members are selectively used. The recesses and the projections are selectively fitted to engage the engagement means, and the rotational force can be transmitted to each other around the axis, and can be detachably connected to each other in the axial direction. A drive force transmission member coupling structure characterized by the above.

回転して駆動力を伝達するための駆動力伝達部材は、軸線方向一側部に係合手段が形成されており、係合手段は、周方向に等間隔に隣接して、複数の凹所および突起が交互に形成されている。各駆動力伝達部材は、各凹所に各突起を選択的に嵌合させて、各係合手段を係合することができ、各駆動力伝達部材を連結することができる。これによって、各駆動力伝達部材は、任意に選択して連結することができ、複数の駆動力伝達部材を選択的に組合わせて構成することができる複合型駆動力伝達部品の種類を多くすることができる。したがって必要な種類の複合型駆動力伝達部品を製造するために必要となる駆動力伝達部材の種類を少なくすることができ、金型の種類を少なくすることができる。しかも複合型駆動力伝達部品と同様の部品を1つの金型で成型する場合と比べて、金型の形状も簡単である。このように金型の種類を少なくし、かつその形状も簡単にすることができるので、複合型駆動力伝達部品の生産性が向上され、製造コストも低減することができる。   The driving force transmitting member for rotating and transmitting the driving force has engaging means formed on one side in the axial direction, and the engaging means is adjacent to the circumferential direction at equal intervals and has a plurality of recesses. And the processus | protrusion is formed alternately. Each driving force transmission member can be engaged with each engaging means by selectively fitting each projection into each recess, and each driving force transmission member can be connected. Accordingly, each driving force transmission member can be arbitrarily selected and connected, and the number of types of composite driving force transmission components that can be configured by selectively combining a plurality of driving force transmission members is increased. be able to. Accordingly, it is possible to reduce the types of driving force transmission members required for manufacturing a necessary type of composite driving force transmission component, and it is possible to reduce the types of molds. In addition, the shape of the mold is simple compared to the case where the same component as the composite driving force transmission component is molded with one mold. Thus, since the types of molds can be reduced and the shape thereof can be simplified, the productivity of the composite driving force transmission component can be improved and the manufacturing cost can be reduced.

また各係合手段に形成される各凹所および各突起は、周方向に一定距離向かうにつれて、軸線方向に一定距離ずつずれた位置に形成されており、各突起を嵌合させる凹所を選択することによって、各駆動力伝達部材の相互の位置関係を選択することができる。したがって各駆動力伝達部材の位置関係を設定するための部材を別途に設ける必要がなく、別途に金型を準備する必要がない。また各駆動力伝達部材の位置関係を設定するための作業も、別途の部材を用いる場合と比べて容易である。
また駆動力伝達部材は、単品で用いることができることは言うまでもない。
In addition, each recess and each projection formed in each engagement means is formed at a position shifted by a certain distance in the axial direction as it goes to a certain distance in the circumferential direction, and a recess to which each projection is fitted is selected By doing so, the mutual positional relationship of each driving force transmission member can be selected. Therefore, it is not necessary to separately provide a member for setting the positional relationship of each driving force transmitting member, and it is not necessary to separately prepare a mold. Also, the operation for setting the positional relationship between the driving force transmission members is easier than in the case of using a separate member.
Needless to say, the driving force transmission member can be used alone.

(12)軸線方向一側部の陥没領域に係合手段が形成される複数の駆動力伝達部材と、軸線方向両側部の隆起領域に係合手段が形成される連結部材とを備え、駆動力伝達部材および連結部材の係合手段には、周方向に等間隔に隣接して、複数の凹所および複数の突起が交互に形成され、各凹所および各突起は、周方向の一方に一定距離向かうにつれて、軸線方向の一方に一定距離ずれた位置に形成され、複数の駆動力伝達部材は、選択的に用いられて、駆動力伝達部材の各凹所および各突起と、連結部材の各凹所および各突起を選択的に嵌合させて各係合手段を係合し、連結部材を介して、軸線まわりに回転して駆動力を伝達可能に、かつ軸線方向に着脱可能に連結されることを特徴とする駆動力伝達部材の連結構造。   (12) A driving force including a plurality of driving force transmitting members in which engaging means are formed in a recessed region on one side in the axial direction, and a connecting member in which engaging means are formed in raised regions on both sides in the axial direction. A plurality of recesses and a plurality of protrusions are alternately formed adjacent to each other in the circumferential direction at equal intervals in the engaging means of the transmission member and the connecting member, and each recess and each protrusion are constant in one of the circumferential directions. As the distance goes, it is formed at a position shifted by a certain distance in one of the axial directions, and the plurality of driving force transmission members are selectively used, and each recess and projection of the driving force transmission member and each of the connection members The recesses and the projections are selectively fitted to engage the respective engagement means, and are connected via a connecting member so as to be able to transmit a driving force by rotating around the axis and to be detachable in the axial direction. A drive force transmission member coupling structure characterized by that.

回転して駆動力を伝達するための駆動力伝達部材は、軸線方向一側部の陥没領域に係合手段が形成されており、駆動力伝達部材を連結するための連結部材には、軸線方向両側部の隆起領域に、係合手段が形成されている。係合手段は、周方向に等間隔に隣接して、複数の凹所および突起が交互に形成されている。各駆動力伝達部材は、駆動力伝達部材の各凹所および各突起と、連結部材の各凹所および各突起とを、選択的に嵌合させて、各係合手段を係合することができ、各駆動力伝達部材を連結部材を介して連結することができる。これによって、各駆動力伝達部材は、任意に選択して連結することができ、複数の駆動力伝達部材を選択的に組合わせて構成することができる複合型駆動力伝達部品の種類を多くすることができる。したがって必要な種類の複合型駆動力伝達部品を製造するために必要となる駆動力伝達部材の種類を少なくすることができ、金型の種類を少なくすることができる。しかも複合型駆動力伝達部品と同様の部品を1つの金型で成型する場合と比べて、金型の形状も簡単である。このように金型の種類を少なくし、かつその形状も簡単にすることができるので、複合型駆動力伝達部品の生産性が向上され、製造コストも低減することができる。   The driving force transmission member for rotating and transmitting the driving force has an engaging means formed in a recessed area on one side in the axial direction, and the connecting member for connecting the driving force transmission member has an axial direction. Engaging means are formed in the raised regions on both sides. The engaging means has a plurality of recesses and protrusions alternately formed adjacent to each other at equal intervals in the circumferential direction. Each driving force transmission member can selectively engage each recess and each projection of the driving force transmission member and each recess and each projection of the connecting member to engage each engagement means. Each driving force transmission member can be connected via a connecting member. Accordingly, each driving force transmission member can be arbitrarily selected and connected, and the number of types of composite driving force transmission components that can be configured by selectively combining a plurality of driving force transmission members is increased. be able to. Accordingly, it is possible to reduce the types of driving force transmission members required for manufacturing a necessary type of composite driving force transmission component, and it is possible to reduce the types of molds. In addition, the shape of the mold is simple compared to the case where the same component as the composite driving force transmission component is molded with one mold. Thus, since the types of molds can be reduced and the shape thereof can be simplified, the productivity of the composite driving force transmission component can be improved and the manufacturing cost can be reduced.

また各係合手段に形成される各凹所および各突起は、周方向に一定距離向かうにつれて、軸線方向に一定距離ずつずれた位置に形成されており、各突起を嵌合させる凹所を選択することによって、各駆動力伝達部材の相互の位置関係を選択することができる。したがって各駆動力伝達部材の位置関係を設定するための部材を別途に設ける必要がなく、別途に金型を準備する必要がない。また各駆動力伝達部材の位置関係を設定するための作業も、別途の部材を用いる場合と比べて容易である。さらに駆動力伝達部材は、単品で用いることができ、このような場合、駆動力伝達部材の係合部は、陥没領域に形成されており、係合手段が突出してしまうなどの不具合を生じることがない。   In addition, each recess and each projection formed in each engagement means is formed at a position shifted by a certain distance in the axial direction as it goes to a certain distance in the circumferential direction, and a recess to which each projection is fitted is selected By doing so, the mutual positional relationship of each driving force transmission member can be selected. Therefore, it is not necessary to separately provide a member for setting the positional relationship of each driving force transmitting member, and it is not necessary to separately prepare a mold. Also, the operation for setting the positional relationship between the driving force transmission members is easier than in the case of using a separate member. Furthermore, the driving force transmission member can be used as a single item. In such a case, the engaging portion of the driving force transmission member is formed in the recessed region, and causes a problem such that the engaging means protrudes. There is no.

本発明の駆動力伝達部材の連結構造が実施される複写機を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the copying machine with which the connection structure of the driving force transmission member of this invention is implemented. 複写機の循環式原稿自動送給装置、主働原稿載置装置および光学装置の断面図である。FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view of a circulation type automatic document feeder, a main document placing device, and an optical device of a copying machine. 複写機の作像装置、定着装置およびシート給送装置の断面図である。2 is a cross-sectional view of an image forming device, a fixing device, and a sheet feeding device of a copying machine. 本発明に関連する第1グループの実施の一形態の駆動力伝達部材の連結構造を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the connection structure of the driving force transmission member of one Embodiment of 1st group relevant to this invention. ギヤ部材103を示す図であり、(1)は正面図であり、(2)は断面図であり、(3)は背面図である。It is a figure which shows the gear member 103, (1) is a front view, (2) is sectional drawing, (3) is a rear view. ギヤ部材104を示す図であり、(1)は正面図であり、(2)は断面図であり、(3)は、背面図である。It is a figure which shows the gear member 104, (1) is a front view, (2) is sectional drawing, (3) is a rear view. ギヤ部材101を示す図であり、(1)は正面図であり、(2)は断面図であり、(3)は背面図である。It is a figure which shows the gear member 101, (1) is a front view, (2) is sectional drawing, (3) is a rear view. ギヤ部材102を示す図であり、(1)は正面図であり、(2)は断面図であり、(3)は、背面図である。It is a figure which shows the gear member 102, (1) is a front view, (2) is sectional drawing, (3) is a rear view. 本発明に関連する第1グループの実施の他の形態の連結構造を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the connection structure of other form of implementation of the 1st group relevant to this invention. 本発明に関連する第1グループの実施のさらに他の形態の連結構造を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the connection structure of further another form of implementation of the 1st group relevant to this invention. 本発明に関連する第1グループの実施のさらに他の形態の連結構造を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the connection structure of further another form of implementation of the 1st group relevant to this invention. スペーサ部材105を示す図であり、(1)は正面図であり、(2)は断面図である。It is a figure which shows the spacer member 105, (1) is a front view, (2) is sectional drawing. 本発明に関連する第1グループの実施のさらに他の形態の連結構造を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the connection structure of further another form of implementation of the 1st group relevant to this invention. 他の形態のスペーサ部材120を示す図であり、(1)は正面図であり、(2)は断面図である。It is a figure which shows the spacer member 120 of another form, (1) is a front view, (2) is sectional drawing. 本発明に関連する第1グループの実施のさらに他の形態の連結構造を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the connection structure of further another form of implementation of the 1st group relevant to this invention. 図15の上側から見た平面図である。It is the top view seen from the upper side of FIG. 本発明に関連する第1グループの実施のさらに他の形態の連結構造を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the connection structure of further another form of implementation of the 1st group relevant to this invention. 他の形態のギヤ部材103を示す図であり、(1)は正面図であり、(2)は断面図であり、(3)は断面図であり、(4)は背面図である。It is a figure which shows the gear member 103 of another form, (1) is a front view, (2) is sectional drawing, (3) is sectional drawing, (4) is a rear view. 他の形態のギヤ部材104を示す図であり、(1)は正面図であり、(2)は断面図であり、(3)は断面図であり、(4)は背面図である。It is a figure which shows the gear member 104 of another form, (1) is a front view, (2) is sectional drawing, (3) is sectional drawing, (4) is a rear view. さらに他の形態のギヤ部材103を示す図であり、(1)は正面図であり、(2)は断面図であり、(3)は背面図である。Furthermore, it is a figure which shows the gear member 103 of another form, (1) is a front view, (2) is sectional drawing, (3) is a rear view. 本発明に関連する第1グループの実施のさらに他の形態の連結構造を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the connection structure of further another form of implementation of the 1st group relevant to this invention. 間隔調整部材106を示す図であり、(1)は正面図であり、(2)断面図である。It is a figure which shows the space | interval adjustment member 106, (1) is a front view, (2) It is sectional drawing. 本発明に関連する第1グループの実施のさらに他の形態の連結構造を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the connection structure of further another form of implementation of the 1st group relevant to this invention. 他の形態の間隔調整部材130を示す図であり、(1)は正面図であり、(2)は断面図である。It is a figure which shows the space | interval adjustment member 130 of another form, (1) is a front view, (2) is sectional drawing. 本発明に関連する第1グループの実施のさらに他の形態の連結構造を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the connection structure of further another form of implementation of the 1st group relevant to this invention. 他の間隔調整部材131を示す図であり、(1)は正面図であり、(2)は断面図である。It is a figure which shows the other space | interval adjustment member 131, (1) is a front view, (2) is sectional drawing. 本発明に関連する第1グループの実施のさらに他の形態の連結構造を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the connection structure of further another form of implementation of the 1st group relevant to this invention. 他の間隔調整部材132を示す図であり、(1)は正面図であり、(2)は断面図である。It is a figure which shows the other space | interval adjustment member 132, (1) is a front view, (2) is sectional drawing. 本発明に関連する第1グループの実施のさらに他の形態の連結構造を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the connection structure of further another form of implementation of the 1st group relevant to this invention. 他の間隔間隔調整部材133を示す図であり、(1)は正面図であり、(2)は断面図である。It is a figure which shows the other space | interval space | interval adjustment member 133, (1) is a front view, (2) is sectional drawing. 本発明に関連する第1グループの実施のさらに他の形態の連結構造を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the connection structure of further another form of implementation of the 1st group relevant to this invention. 間隔調整部材132A〜132Cを示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows space | interval adjustment member 132A-132C. 間隔調整体を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows a space | interval adjustment body. 他の形間隔調整体を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows another shape space | interval adjustment body. 本発明に関連する第1グループの実施のさらに他の形態の連結構造を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the connection structure of further another form of implementation of the 1st group relevant to this invention. 本発明に関連する第1グループの実施のさらに他の形態の連結構造を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the connection structure of further another form of implementation of the 1st group relevant to this invention. 本発明に関連する第1グループの実施のさらに他の形態の連結構造を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the connection structure of further another form of implementation of the 1st group relevant to this invention. 本発明に関連する第1グループの実施のさらに他の形態の連結構造を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the connection structure of further another form of implementation of the 1st group relevant to this invention. 本発明に関連する第1グループの実施のさらに他の形態の連結構造を分解して示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which decomposes | disassembles and shows the connection structure of further another form of implementation of the 1st group relevant to this invention. 他のギヤ部材160を示す図であり、(1)は正面図であり、(2)は断面図であり、(3)は背面図である。It is a figure which shows the other gear member 160, (1) is a front view, (2) is sectional drawing, (3) is a rear view. さらに他のギヤ部材160を示す図であり、(1)は正面図であり、(2)は断面図であり、(3)は背面図である。Furthermore, it is a figure which shows the other gear member 160, (1) is a front view, (2) is sectional drawing, (3) is a rear view. 本発明の第2グループの実施の一形態の駆動力伝達部材の連結構造を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the connection structure of the driving force transmission member of one Embodiment of the 2nd group of this invention. ギヤ部材603を示す図であり、(1)は正面図であり、(2)は断面図であり、(3)は背面図である。It is a figure which shows the gear member 603, (1) is a front view, (2) is sectional drawing, (3) is a rear view. ギヤ部材604を示す図であり、(1)は正面図であり、(2)は断面図であり、(3)は、背面図である。It is a figure which shows the gear member 604, (1) is a front view, (2) is sectional drawing, (3) is a rear view. ギヤ部材601を示す図であり、(1)は正面図であり、(2)は断面図であり、(3)は背面図である。It is a figure which shows the gear member 601, (1) is a front view, (2) is sectional drawing, (3) is a rear view. ギヤ部材602を示す図であり、(1)は正面図であり、(2)は断面図であり、(3)は、背面図である。It is a figure which shows the gear member 602, (1) is a front view, (2) is sectional drawing, (3) is a rear view. 連結部材650を示す図であり、(1)は正面図であり、(2)は断面図であり、(3)は、背面図である。It is a figure which shows the connection member 650, (1) is a front view, (2) is sectional drawing, (3) is a rear view. 本発明の実施の他の形態の連結構造を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the connection structure of other form of implementation of this invention. 本発明の実施のさらに他の形態の連結構造を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the connection structure of other form of implementation of this invention. 間隔設定部材750を示す図であり、(1)は正面図であり、(2)は断面図である。It is a figure which shows the space | interval setting member 750, (1) is a front view, (2) is sectional drawing. 連結部材650A〜650Cを示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows connecting member 650A-650C. 本発明の実施のさらに他の形態の連結構造を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the connection structure of other form of implementation of this invention. 他の形態の連結部材650を示す図であり、(1)は正面図であり、(2)は断面図であり、(3)は背面図である。It is a figure which shows the connection member 650 of another form, (1) is a front view, (2) is sectional drawing, (3) is a rear view. 本発明の実施のさらに他の形態の連結構造を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the connection structure of other form of implementation of this invention. 他の形態の間隔設定部材751を示す図であり、(1)は正面図であり、(2)は断面図である。It is a figure which shows the space | interval setting member 751 of another form, (1) is a front view, (2) is sectional drawing. 本発明の実施のさらに他の形態の連結構造を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the connection structure of other form of implementation of this invention. さらに他の形態の間隔設定部材752を示す図であり、(1)は正面図であり、(2)は断面図である。Furthermore, it is a figure which shows the space | interval setting member 752 of another form, (1) is a front view, (2) is sectional drawing. 本発明の実施のさらに他の形態の連結構造を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the connection structure of other form of implementation of this invention. 他の形態のギヤ部材603を示す図であり、(1)は正面図であり、(2)は断面図であり、(3)は断面図であり、(4)は背面図である。It is a figure which shows the gear member 603 of another form, (1) is a front view, (2) is sectional drawing, (3) is sectional drawing, (4) is a rear view. 他の形態のギヤ部材604を示す図であり、(1)は正面図であり、(2)は断面図であり、(3)は背面図である。It is a figure which shows the gear member 604 of another form, (1) is a front view, (2) is sectional drawing, (3) is a rear view. 他の形態の連結部材650を示す図であり、(1)は正面図であり、(2)は断面図であり、(3)は背面図である。It is a figure which shows the connection member 650 of another form, (1) is a front view, (2) is sectional drawing, (3) is a rear view. さらに他の形態のギヤ部材603を示す図であり、(1)は正面図であり、(2)は断面図であり、(3)は断面図であり、(4)は背面図である。It is a figure which shows the gear member 603 of another form, (1) is a front view, (2) is sectional drawing, (3) is sectional drawing, (4) is a rear view. さらに他の形態のギヤ部材604を示す図であり、(1)は正面図であり、(2)は断面図であり、(3)は背面図である。Furthermore, it is a figure which shows the gear member 604 of another form, (1) is a front view, (2) is sectional drawing, (3) is a rear view. 本発明の実施のさらに他の形態の連結構造を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the connection structure of other form of implementation of this invention. 各ギヤ部材603,604および連結部材650を分解して示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which decomposes | disassembles and shows each gear member 603,604 and the connection member 650. FIG. 本発明の実施のさらに他の形態の連結構造を分解して示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which decomposes | disassembles and shows the connection structure of other form of implementation of this invention. 本発明の実施のさらに他の形態の連結構造を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the connection structure of other form of implementation of this invention. 本発明の実施のさらに他の形態の連結構造を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the connection structure of other form of implementation of this invention. 本発明の実施のさらに他の形態の連結構造を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the connection structure of other form of implementation of this invention. さらに他の形態のギヤ部材685を示す図であり、(1)は正面図であり、(2)は断面図であり、(3)は断面図であり、(4)は背面図である。It is a figure which shows the gear member 685 of another form, (1) is a front view, (2) is sectional drawing, (3) is sectional drawing, (4) is a rear view. さらに他の形態のギヤ部材686を示す図であり、(1)は正面図であり、(2)は断面図であり、(3)は背面図である。Furthermore, it is a figure which shows the gear member 686 of another form, (1) is a front view, (2) is sectional drawing, (3) is a rear view. 本発明に関連する第3グループの実施の一形態の駆動力伝達部材であるギヤ部材690を示す図であり、(1)は正面図であり、(2)は断面図であり、(3)は断面図であり、(4)は背面図である。It is a figure which shows the gear member 690 which is a driving force transmission member of one Embodiment of the 3rd group relevant to this invention, (1) is a front view, (2) is sectional drawing, (3) Is a sectional view, and (4) is a rear view. ギヤ部材691を示す図であり、(1)は正面図であり、(2)は断面図であり、(3)は背面図である。It is a figure which shows the gear member 691, (1) is a front view, (2) is sectional drawing, (3) is a rear view. ギヤ部材692を示す図であり、(1)は正面図であり、(2)は断面図であり、(3)は背面図である。It is a figure which shows the gear member 692, (1) is a front view, (2) is sectional drawing, (3) is a rear view. 本発明に関連する第4グループの実施の一形態の駆動力伝達部材の連結構造が実施される組立体925を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the assembly body 925 with which the connection structure of the drive force transmission member of one Embodiment of 4th group relevant to this invention is implemented. ギヤ部材695を示す図であり、(1)は正面図であり、(2)は断面図であり、(3)は背面図である。It is a figure which shows the gear member 695, (1) is a front view, (2) is sectional drawing, (3) is a rear view. ギヤ部材696を示す図であり、(1)は正面図であり、(2)は断面図であり、(3)は背面図である。It is a figure which shows the gear member 696, (1) is a front view, (2) is sectional drawing, (3) is a rear view. 係合手段695fを拡大して示す図である。It is a figure which expands and shows the engaging means 695f. 係合手段696fを拡大して示す図である。It is a figure which expands and shows the engaging means 696f. 他の形態の係合手段を拡大して示す図である。It is a figure which expands and shows the engaging means of another form. さらに他の係合手段を拡大して示す図である。It is a figure which expands and shows another engagement means. さらに他の形態のギヤ部材697を示す図であり、(1)は正面図であり、(2)は断面図であり、(3)は背面図である。Furthermore, it is a figure which shows the gear member 697 of another form, (1) is a front view, (2) is sectional drawing, (3) is a rear view. さらに他の形態のギヤ部材698を示す図であり、(1)は正面図であり、(2)は断面図であり、(3)は背面図である。Furthermore, it is a figure which shows the gear member 698 of another form, (1) is a front view, (2) is sectional drawing, (3) is a rear view. 係合手段697f,697gを拡大して示す図である。It is a figure which expands and shows the engaging means 697f and 697g. 係合手段698f,698gを拡大して示す図である。It is a figure which expands and shows the engagement means 698f and 698g. 従来技術の駆動力伝達部材1a〜1cを示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the driving force transmission member 1a-1c of a prior art. 従来技術の複合形駆動力伝達部品を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the composite type driving force transmission component of a prior art.

符号の説明Explanation of symbols

10 複写機本体
101〜104,160;601〜604,690〜693,695〜698 ギヤ部材
101a〜104a;101e〜104e;601a〜604a,690a〜693a 凹状係合部
101b〜104b;601b〜604b,690b〜693b 凸状係合部 105,120 スペーサ部材
106,130〜133 間隔調整部材
140A〜140C 軸径調整部材
201〜203;701〜703 回転軸
301〜303;304;660 変位阻止部材
695f〜698f,697g,698g 係合手段
695a〜698a 凹所
695b〜698b 突起
10 Copier bodies 101 to 104, 160; 601 to 604, 690 to 693, 695 to 698 Gear members 101a to 104a; 101e to 104e; 601a to 604a, 690a to 693a Recessed engaging portions 101b to 104b; 690b to 693b Convex engaging portion 105, 120 Spacer member 106, 130 to 133 Distance adjusting member 140A to 140C Shaft diameter adjusting member 201 to 203; 701 to 703 Rotating shaft 301 to 303; 304; 660 Displacement preventing member 695f to 698f , 697 g, 698 g Engaging means 695 a to 698 a Recess 695 b to 698 b Projection

Claims (3)

軸線方向一側部に、凹状連結部および凸状連結部の少なくとも一方が形成される複数の駆動力伝達部材と、
軸線方向一側部に凹状連結部および凸状連結部の少なくともいずれか一方が形成されるとともに、軸線方向他側部に凹状連結部および凸状連結部の少なくともいずれか一方が形成される複数の連結部材とを備え、
前記複数の駆動力伝達部材は、選択的に用いられて、駆動力伝達部材および連結部材の凹状連結部または凸状連結部によって、1または複数の連結部材を介して、軸線まわりに回転して駆動力を伝達可能に、かつ軸線方向に着脱可能に連結され、
連結部材には、少なくとも軸線方向一側部に凸状連結部が形成され
各駆動力伝達部材のうち少なくとも1つには、軸線方向一側部に、連結部材の凸状連結部の突出高さよりも小さく、かつ異なる深さを有し、有底の複数の凹状連結部が形成され、
連結部材の凸状連結部が、駆動力伝達部材の凹状連結部に選択的に嵌合されることを特徴とする駆動力伝達部材の連結構造。
A plurality of driving force transmission members in which at least one of a concave coupling portion and a convex coupling portion is formed on one side in the axial direction;
At least one of a concave connection part and a convex connection part is formed on one side in the axial direction, and at least one of a concave connection part and a convex connection part is formed on the other side in the axial direction A connecting member,
The plurality of driving force transmission members are selectively used to rotate around an axis via one or more connecting members by a concave connecting portion or a convex connecting portion of the driving force transmitting member and the connecting member. It is connected so as to be able to transmit driving force and detachable in the axial direction,
The connecting member is formed with a convex connecting portion at least on one side in the axial direction ,
At least one of the driving force transmitting members has a plurality of bottomed concave connecting portions having a different depth at one side portion in the axial direction than the projecting height of the convex connecting portion of the connecting member. Formed,
The drive force transmission member connection structure, wherein the convex connection portion of the connection member is selectively fitted into the concave connection portion of the drive force transmission member.
軸線方向一側部に、凹状連結部および凸状連結部の少なくとも一方が形成される複数の駆動力伝達部材と、
軸線方向一側部に凹状連結部および凸状連結部の少なくともいずれか一方が形成されるとともに、軸線方向他側部に凹状連結部および凸状連結部の少なくともいずれか一方が形成される複数の連結部材とを備え、
前記複数の駆動力伝達部材は、選択的に用いられて、駆動力伝達部材および連結部材の凹状連結部または凸状連結部によって、1または複数の連結部材を介して、軸線まわりに回転して駆動力を伝達可能に、かつ軸線方向に着脱可能に連結され、
各駆動力伝達部材には、軸線方向一側部に凹状連結部が形成され、
各駆動力伝達部材間には、複数の連結部材が介在され、連結部材には、軸線方向両側部に凸状連結部が形成されるとともに、少なくとも軸線方向一側部に、凸状連結部の突出高さよりも小さく、かつ異なる深さを有し、有底の複数の凹状連結部が形成され、
各連結部材は、凸状連結部が、凹状連結部に選択的に嵌合されて連結されることを特徴とする駆動力伝達部材の連結構造。
A plurality of driving force transmission members in which at least one of a concave coupling portion and a convex coupling portion is formed on one side in the axial direction;
At least one of a concave connection part and a convex connection part is formed on one side in the axial direction, and at least one of a concave connection part and a convex connection part is formed on the other side in the axial direction A connecting member,
The plurality of driving force transmission members are selectively used to rotate around an axis via one or more connecting members by a concave connecting portion or a convex connecting portion of the driving force transmitting member and the connecting member. It is connected so as to be able to transmit driving force and detachable in the axial direction,
Each driving force transmission member has a concave connecting portion on one side in the axial direction.
A plurality of connecting members are interposed between the driving force transmitting members, and the connecting members are formed with convex connecting portions on both sides in the axial direction, and at least one side of the axial direction is provided with a convex connecting portion. A plurality of bottomed concave connecting portions having a different depth than the protruding height and having a different depth are formed.
Each connecting member connecting structure of the convex connection portion is selectively fitted into the concave coupling portion engaged are you, characterized in that it is connected to driving force transmitting member.
各駆動力伝達部材には、各駆動力伝達部材を挿通して回転自在に支持する回転支持部材が挿通される嵌合孔が形成され、
各駆動力伝達部材の各嵌合孔に嵌合可能であり、内径の異なる挿通孔が形成される複数の環状の軸径設定部材が、選択的に用いられて、前記各嵌合孔に嵌合され、回転支持部材を軸径設定部材の挿通孔に挿通させることによって、各駆動力伝達部材を回転自在に支持することを特徴とする請求項1または2記載の駆動力伝達部材の連結構造。
Each drive force transmission member is formed with a fitting hole through which a rotation support member that is rotatably inserted through each drive force transmission member is inserted,
A plurality of annular shaft diameter setting members that can be fitted into the respective fitting holes of the respective driving force transmitting members and that have insertion holes with different inner diameters are selectively used to fit into the respective fitting holes. The drive force transmission member coupling structure according to claim 1 or 2 , wherein each of the drive force transmission members is rotatably supported by inserting the rotation support member through the insertion hole of the shaft diameter setting member. .
JP2004130254A 2004-04-26 2004-04-26 Drive force transmission member connection structure Expired - Fee Related JP4073891B2 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2004130254A JP4073891B2 (en) 2004-04-26 2004-04-26 Drive force transmission member connection structure

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2004130254A JP4073891B2 (en) 2004-04-26 2004-04-26 Drive force transmission member connection structure

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
JP01975098A Division JP3560801B2 (en) 1998-01-30 1998-01-30 Driving force transmission member connection structure

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
JP2004257566A JP2004257566A (en) 2004-09-16
JP4073891B2 true JP4073891B2 (en) 2008-04-09

Family

ID=33128560

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
JP2004130254A Expired - Fee Related JP4073891B2 (en) 2004-04-26 2004-04-26 Drive force transmission member connection structure

Country Status (1)

Country Link
JP (1) JP4073891B2 (en)

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2004257566A (en) 2004-09-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP3560801B2 (en) Driving force transmission member connection structure
US8523730B2 (en) Planetary gear unit and image forming apparatus including same
JP6256793B2 (en) Driving force transmission device and image forming apparatus
US20110271795A1 (en) Rotation transmission device
JP2001200858A (en) Driving transmission device, image forming device and process cartridge
JP4526400B2 (en) Shaft joint and image forming apparatus having the same
US10649386B2 (en) Driving device and image forming apparatus
JP6541019B2 (en) Drive device and image forming apparatus
JP4073891B2 (en) Drive force transmission member connection structure
JP4530357B2 (en) Shaft joint and image forming apparatus having the same
JP5773257B2 (en) Drive transmission device and image forming apparatus
JP2004218847A (en) Driving force transmission member connection structure
US11960238B2 (en) Drive transmission device, drive unit, and image forming apparatus
JP2009186551A (en) Gear mechanism and image forming apparatus using the same
US8280275B2 (en) Combination gear, detachable unit, and image forming apparatus using these
JP7606850B2 (en) Driving force transmission mechanism and image forming apparatus
JP2015081638A (en) Rotation drive device and image forming apparatus
JP2011021640A (en) Rotating direction reversing unit
JP6544618B2 (en) Drive device and image forming apparatus
JPH11303883A (en) Shaft joint, transmission unit for photosensitive drum and image forming device
JP5773256B2 (en) Drive transmission device and image forming apparatus
JP5850305B2 (en) Planetary gear drive transmission device and image forming apparatus
JP2003028241A (en) Driving device and image forming apparatus
JP6086285B2 (en) Driving device and image forming apparatus
JP2004333973A (en) Image forming apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
A131 Notification of reasons for refusal

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A131

Effective date: 20070529

A521 Written amendment

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A523

Effective date: 20070724

TRDD Decision of grant or rejection written
A01 Written decision to grant a patent or to grant a registration (utility model)

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A01

Effective date: 20080122

A61 First payment of annual fees (during grant procedure)

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A61

Effective date: 20080123

FPAY Renewal fee payment (event date is renewal date of database)

Free format text: PAYMENT UNTIL: 20110201

Year of fee payment: 3

R150 Certificate of patent or registration of utility model

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R150

FPAY Renewal fee payment (event date is renewal date of database)

Free format text: PAYMENT UNTIL: 20120201

Year of fee payment: 4

FPAY Renewal fee payment (event date is renewal date of database)

Free format text: PAYMENT UNTIL: 20130201

Year of fee payment: 5

FPAY Renewal fee payment (event date is renewal date of database)

Free format text: PAYMENT UNTIL: 20130201

Year of fee payment: 5

FPAY Renewal fee payment (event date is renewal date of database)

Free format text: PAYMENT UNTIL: 20140201

Year of fee payment: 6

LAPS Cancellation because of no payment of annual fees